Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales
Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24 – 1DL
Searchable
Full Text of The 
by Anna Bonus Kingsford & Edward Maitland
THIS IS PART 1 of The 
The Perfect Way or, 
The Finding of Christ 
by 
Anna Bonus Kingsford 
& Edward Maitland
The
Secret Doctrine by H P Blavatsky
Return to Searchable Text Index
Part 1 of 2 THE 
BY ANNA BONUS KINGSFORD
AND EDWARD MAITLAND
THIS IS PART 1 of The 
      
THE
        AbstractPreface
       Lecture the FirstFirstIntroductory
       Lecture the SecondSecondThe Soul; and
the substance of existence
       Lecture the ThirdThirdThe various orders
of Spirits; and to discern them
       Lecture the FourthFourthThe Atonement 
       Lecture the FifthFifthThe nature and
constitution of the ego 
       Lecture the SixthSixthThe Fall (1) 
       Lecture the SeventhSeventhThe Fall (2) 
       Lecture the EightEightThe Redemption 
       Lecture the NinthNinth God as the Lord;
or, the Divine Image
      APPENDICES 
      Concerning the interpretation of
scripture
      Concerning the hereafter
      On prophesying; and prophecy
      Concerning the nature of Sin
      Concerning the "Great Work" and
the share of Christ Jesus therein
      The time of the End
      The Higher Alchemy
      Concerning Revelation 
      Concerning the Poet
      Concerning the One Life 
      Concerning the Mysteries
      Hymn to the Planet God
      Fragments of the "Golden Book of
Venus" 
            Part -1-Hymn of Aphrodite
            Part -2- A discourse of communion
of souls, and of the uses of love 
            between creature and creature.
      Hymn to Hermes
      The Secret of Satan 
      Plates 
      Figure - 1 - The Cherubim of Ezekiel and
the Apocalypse
      Figure - 2 - The tabernacle in the
wilderness
      Figure - 3 - Section of the Great Pyramid
of Gizeh
(Revised
and Enlarged Edition.)
ESOTERIC
PUBLISHING COMPANY,
1888.
AUTHORS’
EXPLANATION.
These
lectures were delivered in 
months
of May, June, and July, 1881.
The
changes made in this edition calling for indication, are, – the substitution 
of
another Lecture for No. V., and consequent omission of most of the plates; 
the
rewriting, in the whole or part, of paragraphs 6 - 8 and 28 in No. 
36
in No. II.; 5 - 8, 12, 13, 22, 23, 42, 43, 54, and 55, in No. IX. (the latter 
paragraphs
being replaced by a new one); the lengthening of Appendices II, and 
VI;
the addition of a new Part to Appendix XIII. (formerly No. IX); and the 
substitution
of eight new Appendices for Nos:. VII., and VIII.
The
alterations involve no change or withdrawal of doctrine, but only extension 
of
scope, amplification of statement, or modification of expression.
A
certain amount of repetition being inseparable from the form adopted, – that 
of
a series of expository lectures, each requiring to be complete in itself, – 
and
the retention of that form being unavoidable, – no attempt has been made to 
deal
with the instances in which repetition occurs.
PREFACE
TO THE AMERICAN EDITION
In
presenting an American edition of THE PERFECT WAY, or, The Finding of Christ, 
to
the reading and inquiring public, we have been actuated by the conviction 
that
a comprehensive textbook of the “new views,” or the restored wisdom and 
knowledge
of the ages regarding religion or the perfect life, was imperatively 
required,
wherein the subject was treated in a manner luminous, instructive, and 
entertaining,
and which, without abridgement, or inferiority of material or 
workmanship,
could yet be sold at a price that would bring the work within the 
means
of the general public.
THE
desirous
of coming into the esoteric knowledge and significance of life, will be 
richly
repaid by its study or perusal; and especially will those who feel that 
they
cannot afford the means or time to purchase and read many books, do well to 
make
this one of their first choice. To such, and all who are seeking new light, 
life,
and higher inspiration, we respectfully dedicate the American edition.
PREFACE
TO THE REVISED EDITION.
As
the writers rather than the authors of this book, we propose on behalf of a 
more
ready apprehension of it, and the satisfaction of much questioning 
concerning
it to take occasion of the issue of this Edition to give a succinct 
account
of its nature and import. 
That
which The Perfect Way represents is neither an invention nor a compilation, 
but
first, a discovery, and next, a recovery. It represents a discovery because 
it
is the result of an attempt – proved successful by the issue – to ascertain 
at
first hand the nature and method of existence. And it represents a recovery 
because
the system propounded in it has proved to be that which constituted the 
basic
and secret doctrine of all the great religions of antiquity, including 
Christianity,
– the doctrine commonly called the Gnosis, and variously entitled 
Hermetic
and Kabbalistic.
In
yet another sense does The Perfect Way represent a recovery, and also – for 
ourselves
– a discovery, seeing that it was independent of any prior knowledge 
on
our part. This is as regards Faculty. For the knowledges concerned, although 
verified
by subsequent research in the ordinary manner, were obtained solely by 
means
of the faculty which consists in perception and recollection of the kind 
called
intuitional and psychic, and therefore by the method which in all ages 
has
been recognized as the means of access to knowledges transcendental and 
divine.
Being fully described in the book (e.g. Lect. i. pars. 4-18; App. iii., 
Part
1, etc.), this faculty needs no further definition here. It is necessary, 
however,
to state this in relation to it: That the value of the recovery of the 
knowledges
concerned, great as it is for the intrinsic interest and importance 
of
subject, is indefinitely enhanced by the manner of its accomplishment. For, 
much
as it is to know the conclusions of ancient wisdom concerning the most 
momentous
of topics, and to recognize their logical excellence, it is far more 
to
know their truth, seeing that they involve the nature and destiny of man in 
all
time. It is this supreme question which finds satisfactory solution in the 
present
case. Had the recovery been made in the ordinary manner, namely, through 
the
examination of neglected writings or the discovery of lost ones, methods 
which,
however successful would have been altogether inadequate for the results 
actually
attained, – no step would have been gained towards the verification of 
the
doctrines involved. Whereas, as it is, for ourselves, and for all those who 
with
us are cognizant of the genesis of this book, and who are at the same time 
sufficiently
matured in respect of the spiritual consciousness to be able to 
accept
the facts, – that is, for all who know to be able to believe, – the book 
constitutes
of itself an absolute confirmation of its own teaching, and, 
therein,
of the recovered Gnosis. For, being due to intuitional recollection and 
perception,
– faculties exercised in complete independence of the physical 
organism,
– it demonstrate the essentially spiritual nature of existence; the 
reality
of the soul as the true ego; the multiple rebirths of this ego into 
material
conditions; its persistence through all changes of form and state; and 
its
ability, while yet in the body, to recover and communicate of the knowleges 
which,
in the long ages of its past as an individualized entity, it has acquired 
concerning
God, the universe, and itself. In respect of all these, the 
experiences
of which this book is the result, – although themselves rarely 
referred
to in it, – have been such, both in kind and quantity, that to regard 
them
and the world to which they relate as delusory, would be to leave ourselves 
without
ground for belief in the genuineness of any experiences, or of any world 
whatsoever.
It is not, however, upon testimony merely personal or extrinsic that 
the
appeal on behalf of this book is rested, but upon that which is intrinsic, 
and
capable of appreciation by all who have intelligent cognition of the 
subjects
concerned.
Especially
is this book designed to meet the peculiar circumstances of the 
times,
– so aptly described by Mr. Matthew Arnold when he says that “at the 
present
moment there are two things about the Christian religion which must be 
obvious
to every percipient person; one, that men cannot do without it; the 
other,
that they cannot do with it as it is.” In an age distinguished, as is the 
present,
by all-embracing research, exhaustive analysis, and unsparing 
criticism,
no religious system can endure unless it appeals to the intellectual 
as
well as to the devotional side of man’s nature. At present the faith of 
Christendom
is languishing on account of a radical defect in the method of its 
presentation,
through which it is brought into perpetual conflict with science; 
and
the harassing and undignified task is imposed on its supporters of an 
incessant
endeavour to keep pace with the advances of scientific discovery, or 
the
fluctuations of scientific speculation. The method whereby it is herein 
endeavoured
to obviate the suspense and insecurity thus engendered, consists in 
the
establishment of these two positions:
(1)
That the dogmas and symbols of Christianity are substantially identical with 
those
of other and earlier religious systems; and
(2)
That the true plane of religious belief lies, not where hitherto the Church 
has
placed it, – in the sepulchre of historical tradition, among the dry bones 
of
the past; but in the living and immutable Heaven, to which those who truly 
desire
to find the Lord must in heart and mind ascend. “Why seek ye the living 
among
the dead? He is not here; He is risen.” This is to say, the true plane of 
religious
belief is not the objective and physical, but the subjective and 
spiritual.
It
is true that many men renowned for piety and learning, pillars – accounted – 
of
the faith, have denounced as in the highest degree impious the practice of 
what
they call, “wresting Scripture from its obvious meaning.” But their 
denunciation
of impiety includes not only the chief of those “lesser lights,” 
the
Christian Fathers and Jewish Commentators, but also those “two great 
lights,”
Jesus and Paul, seeing that each of these affirmed the mystic sense of 
Scripture,
and the duty of subordinating the Letter to the Spirit and seeking 
within
the veil for the meaning. The fact is, that in their use of the term 
“obvious,”
the literalists beg the questions involved. Those questions are, – To 
what
faculty is the sense of Scripture obvious, – to the outer or the inner 
perception?
and, – To which of these two orders of perception does the 
apprehension
of spiritual things belong? Nothing, assuredly, can be more obvious 
than
the “impiety” of setting aside the account which Holy Writ gives of itself, 
and
ascribing to it falsehood, folly, or immorality, on the strength of outward 
appearance,
such as is the letter. To those whom this volume represents, it is 
absolutely
obvious that the literal sense is not the sense intended; and that 
they
who insist upon that sense incur the reproach cast by Paul when, referring 
to
the veil which Moses put over his face, he says: “For their minds were 
blinded;
for until this very day at the reading of the old covenant the same 
veil
remaineth unlifted. Even unto this day the veil is upon their hearts.”
We
will endeavour briefly to exhibit the principles of this conclusion. The 
first
lesson to be learnt in the school of philosophy is the truth that the mind 
can
apprehend and assimilate that only which presents itself mentally. In other 
words,
the objective must be translated into the subjective before it can become 
pabulum
for the spiritual part of man. Truth is never phenomenal, but always 
metaphysical.
The senses apprehend and are concerned with phenomena. But the 
senses
represent the physical part only of man, and not that selfhood which the 
philosopher
intends when he speaks of 
relation
with, or take account of, events and persons which present themselves 
phenomenally
and objectively only. Thus, they are but vehicles and symbols by 
which
truths, principles, and processes are conveyed to the subjective 
apprehension,
– the hieroglyphs, so to speak, in which these are portrayed. 
Belonging
to time and to matter, persons and events are, – in their phenomenal 
aspect,
– related only to the exterior and perishable man; while principles and 
truths,
being noumenal and eternal, are cognizable only by that in man which, 
being
also noumenal and eternal, is of like nature with them, namely, his 
subjective
and spiritual part. For the apprehender and that which is apprehended 
must
belong to the same category. And as the former is, necessarily, the purely 
rational
principle in man, the latter also must be purely rational. For this 
reason,
therefore, in order to maintain its proper spirituality, religion must 
always
– as Schelling points out, – present itself esoterically in universals 
and
in mysteries. Otherwise, being dependent for its existence upon the 
continuance
of an environment merely physical and sensible, it becomes as 
evanescent
as is this. From which it follows that so long as we regard religious 
truth
as essentially constituted of and dependent upon causes and effects 
appertaining
to the physical plane, we have not yet grasped its real nature, and 
are
spiritually unconscious and unilluminate. That which is true in religion is 
for
spirit alone.
The
necessary subjectivity of truth was affirmed also by Kant, who regarded the 
historical
element in Scripture as indifferent, and declared that the transition 
of
the Creed into a purely spiritual faith would be the coming of the kingdom of 
God.
Similarly the mystic Weigelius (A.D. 1650) says that in order to be 
efficacious
for salvation, that which is divinely written concerning the Christ 
on
the objective plane must be transferred to the subjective plane and 
substantialized
in the individual, being interiorly enacted by him. And the 
pious
and learned translator of the Hermetic books, Doctor Everard, writes: – “I 
say
there is not one word (of Scripture) true according to the letter. Yet I say 
that
every word, every syllable, every letter is true. But they are true as He 
intended
them that spake them; they are true as God meant them, not as men will 
have
them.” (Gospel Treasury Opened, A.D. 1659).
The
reason is that matter and its attributes constitute but the middle term in a 
series,
the Alpha and Omega of which are spirit. The world of ultimate effects, 
like
that of ultimate causes, is spiritual; and no finality can belong to the 
plane
of their middle term, this being a plane only of transition. The absolute 
is,
first, pure, abstract thought. It is, next, a heterization of that thought 
by
disruption into the atomism of time and space, or projection into nature, a 
process
whereby, from being non-molecular, it becomes molecular. Thirdly, it 
returns
from this condition of self-externalization and self-alienation back 
into
itself, resolving the heterization of nature, and becoming again subjective 
and
– as only thus it can become – self-cognizant. Such – as formulated by Hegel 
–
is, under manifestation, the process of universals; and such is, necessarily, 
the
process also of particulars, which are the product of universals. Wherefore 
man,
as the microcosm, must imitate, and identify himself with, the macrocosm, 
and
subjectivize, or spiritualize, his experience before he can relate it to 
that
ultimate principle of himself which constitutes the ego, or selfhood.
Such
a view of religion as this, however, is obviously incomprehensible save by 
the
educated and developed: its terms and its ideas alike being beyond the 
capacity
of the generality. This book, therefore, and the work which it 
inaugurates,
are addressed to the former class; – to persons of culture and 
thought,
who, recognizing the defects of the popular belief, have abandoned, as 
hopeless,
the attempt to systematize it and to relate it to their mental needs. 
There
never can be one presentation of religion suited equally to all classes 
and
castes of men; and the attempt of the Church to compass this impossibility 
has,
of necessity, resulted in the alienation of those who are unable to accept 
the
crude, coarse fare dealt out to the multitude. Enacting the part of a 
Procrustes
in respect of things spiritual, she has tried to fit to one measure 
minds
of all kinds and dimensions, in total disregard of the apostolic dictum: – 
“We
speak wisdom among the full-grown. . But not unto you as unto the spiritual, 
but
as unto the carnal, unto babes in Christ, feeding you with milk, not with 
meat,
being not yet able to receive it.”
For
these, then, – the uninstructed and undeveloped, – the Church must continue 
to
speak with veiled face, in parable and symbol. Our appeal is to those who, 
having
attained their intellectual and spiritual majority have put away childish 
things,
and who, accordingly, – instead of being content with the husk of the 
letter,
and ignoring the spirit for the form, or limiting it by the form, – are 
impelled
by the very necessity of their nature to seek behind the veil and to 
read
the spirit through the form, that “with unveiled face they may behold the 
glory
of the Lord, and be transformed into the same image.” They who are thus 
ripe
will in these pages learn what is the Reality which only Mind can 
apprehend;
and will understand that it belongs not to the objective and 
phenomenal
plane of mundane history, but to the subjective and noumenal plane of 
their
own souls, where seeking they will find enacted the process of Fall, 
Exile,
Incarnation, Redemption, Resurrection, Ascension, the coming of the Holy 
Spirit,
and – as the sequel – the attainment of Nirvana, the “peace that passeth 
understanding.”
For those thus initiated the mind is no longer concerned with 
history;
the phenomenal becomes recognized as the illusory, – a shadow projected 
by
the Real, having no substance in itself, and an accident only of the real. 
One
thing is and abides, – the Soul in man, – Mother of God, immaculate; 
descending
– as Eve – into matter and generation; assumed – as Mary – beyond 
matter
into life eternal. One state, supreme and perfect, epitomizes and 
resolves
all others; – the state of Christ, promised in the dawn of evolution; 
displayed
in its process; glorified at its consummation. To realize the 
assumption
of Mary, to attain to the stature of her Son, – these ends and 
aspirations
constitute the desire of the illuminate. And it is in order to 
indicate
them anew and the method of seeking them intelligently, that this book 
is
written.
This
preface may – it seems to us – fittingly conclude with a token of the 
estimation
The Perfect Way has won from persons specially qualified to judge it. 
The
following is selected from numerous communications to the like effect, 
coming,
not only from various parts of the world, but from members of various 
nationalities,
races and faiths, and showing that our book is already 
accomplishing
far and wide its mission as an Eirenicon.
The
veteran student of the “divine science,” a reference to whom, as the friend, 
disciple,
and literary heir of the renowned magian, the late Abbe Constant 
(“Eliphas
Levi”), will be for all initiates a sufficient indication of his 
personality,
thus writes to us: –
“As
with the corresponding Scriptures of the past, the appeal on behalf of your 
book
is, really, to miracles: but with the difference that in your case the 
miracles
are intellectual ones and incapable of simulation, being miracles of 
interpretation.
And they have the further distinction of doing no violence to 
common
sense by infringing the possibilities of Nature; while they are in 
complete
accord with all mystical traditions, and especially with the great 
Mother
of these, – the Kabbala. That miracles, such as I am describing, are to 
be
found in The Perfect Way, in kind and number unexampled, they who are the 
best
qualified to judge will be the most ready to affirm.
“And
here, apropos of these renowned Scriptures, permit me to offer you some 
remarks
on the Kabbala as we have it. It Is my opinion, –
“(1)
That this tradition is far from being genuine, and such as it was on its 
original
emergence from the sanctuaries.
“(2)
That when Guillaume Postel – of excellent memory – and his brother 
Hermetists
of the later middle age – the Abbot Trithemius and others – predicted 
that
these sacred books of the Hebrews should become known and understood at the 
end
of the era, and specified the present time for that event, they did not mean 
that
such knowledge should be limited to the mere divulgement of these 
particular
Scriptures, but that it would have for its base a new illumination, 
which
should eliminate from them all that has been ignorantly or wilfully 
introduced,
and should reunite that great tradition with its source by restoring 
it
in all its purity.
“(3)
That this illumination has just been accomplished, and has been manifested 
in
The 
Kabbala,
supplemented by new intuitions, such as present in a body of doctrine 
at
once complete, homogeneous, logical and inexpugnable.
“Since
the whole tradition thus finds itself recovered or restored to its 
original
purity, the prophecies of Postel, etc., are accomplished; and I 
consider
that from henceforth the study of the Kabbala will be but an object of 
curiosity
and erudition like that of Hebrew antiquities.
“Humanity
has always and everywhere asked itself these three supreme questions: 
–
Whence come we? what are we? whither go we?
Now,
these questions at length find an answer, complete, satisfactory, and 
consolatory,
in The Perfect Way. (This judgment is irrespective of the mode of 
presentation,
for any defect in which the responsibility rests with ourselves.)
As
the secrecy originally observed is, even were it still desirable, no longer 
practicable,
we have added our names to the title-page.
CHRISTMAS,
1886.
PREFACE
According
to classical legend, the Goddess Athena had once for votary a fair 
virgin
named Medusa, who, becoming vain of her beauty and weary of the pure 
service
of the maiden Goddess, introduced folly and defilement into the very 
sanctuary
of the 
fate
overtook her. The beautiful face, which had been the cause of her fall, 
assumed
an aspect so terrible as to blight and petrify all who looked upon it; 
her
tresses, once the chief object of her pride: were changed into vipers: and 
the
hands which had ministered to heaven became as the talons of a bird of prey. 
Thus
transformed into a Gorgon, she brought forth monsters, and for a time 
devastated
the earth. At length the hero Perseus, “Son of God,” commissioned by 
Athena
and Hermes, and armed by them with wings and sword and shield, slew the 
terrible
creature, and smote off her venomous head. This exploit, – itself 
fraught
with great perils, – was followed by the achievement of another not less 
difficult.
Andromeda, daughter of the Aethiopian king, being doomed to become 
the
prey of a dragon which long had ravaged her father’s coasts, was already 
chained
to a rock on the seashore and on the point of being devoured, when 
Perseus,
– divinely guided to the scene of the intended sacrifice – vanquished 
the
Dragon and delivered the princess. And, having won her love and espoused 
her,
the son of Zeus bore her away from her father’s kingdom into heaven, to 
shine
forever beside him, redeemed, immortal, and glorious. 
Now
the names Medusa and Andromeda have a common root, and signify respectively 
“guardian”
or “house” of Wisdom, and “the ruler” or “helpmeet” of 
thus
typical names, the first of the Church, the second, of the Soul. And the 
two
myths of which their bearers are the heroines, together constitute a 
prophecy,
– or perpetual verity, – having special application to the present 
epoch.
Medusa is that system which, – originally pure and beautiful, the Church 
of
God and the guardian of the Mysteries, – has, through corruption and 
idolatry,
become “the hold of every unclean thing,” and the mother of a 
monstrous
brood. And, moreover, like the once lovely face of Medusa, the 
Doctrine
which bore originally the divine impress and reflected the Celestial 
Wisdom
Herself, has become through the fall of the Church converted into Dogma 
so
pernicious and so deadly as to blight and destroy the reason of all who come 
under
its control. And the Perseus of the myth is the true Humanity, – earth 
born
indeed, but heaven begotten, – which endowed by Wisdom and Understanding, 
with
the wings of Courage, the shield of Intuition, and the sword of Science, is 
gone
forth to smite and destroy the corrupt Church and to deliver the world from 
its
blighting influence. But it is not enough that the Gorgon be slain. A task 
yet
greater and more glorious awaits achievement. Andromeda, the Soul, the 
better
part of Man, is on the point of being devoured outright by the baleful 
dragon
of Negation, the agent of the lower nature, and the ravager of all the 
hopes
of mankind. Her name, – identical with the terms in which is described the 
first
Woman of Hebrew story, – indicates her as the helpmeet and ruler of man; 
her
parentage denotes the origin of the Soul from the astral Fire or Aether, 
signified
by the 
to
the rock, typify the present bondage of the Divine in man to his material 
part;
and her redemption, espousal, and exaltation by the hero Perseus, 
prefigure
the final and crowning achievement of the Son of God, who is no other 
than
the Spiritual Manhood, fortified and sustained by Wisdom and Thought. Of no 
avail
against the monster which threatens to annihilate the Soul, are the old 
devices
of terrorism, persecution, and thraldom by which the corrupt Church 
sought
to subjugate mankind to her creed. The Deliverer of the Soul must be free 
as
air, borne on the wings of a Thought that knows no fear and no restraint, and 
armed
with the blade, two-edged and facing every way, of a knowledge potent 
alike
for attack and defence. And he must be wise and free in every sense, bent, 
not
on destruction merely, but on salvation likewise, and his sword must be as 
apt
to smite the fetters from the limbs of Andromeda, as to deal the stroke of 
death
to the Gorgon. It is not enough that he carry to 
head;
he must bear thither also a living Bride. His mission is not only to 
satisfy
the Mind but to content the Heart. The Intellect, –the “Man,” – it is, 
who
handles the sword of the liberator; and the Intuition, –the “Woman,” – it 
is,
who weaves and constructs. But for her labour his prowess would be vain, and 
his
deeds without goal or reward. The hero brings home spoils to the tent, and 
hangs
up his shield and spear by the hearth-fire. All honour to the warrior, 
alike
as iconoclast, as scientist, as purifier of the earth. His work, however, 
is
but initiatory, preparing the way and making the path straight for Her who 
carries
neither torch nor weapon of war. By her is the intellect crowned; by her 
is
humanity completed; in her the Son of Zeus finds his eternal and supreme 
reward;
for she is the shrine at once of divinest Wisdom and of perfect Love.
It
is thus evident that classical story, identical in substance with the 
allegorical
prophecies of Hebrew and Christian scripture, exhibits the work of 
the
Saviour or Liberator, as having a twofold character. Like Zeus, the Father 
of
Spirits, whose son he is, the Reason is at once Purifier and Redeemer. The 
task
of Destruction accomplished, that of Reconstruction must begin. Already the 
first
is well-nigh complete, but as yet no one seems to have dreamed of the last 
as
possible. The present age has witnessed the decline and fall of a system 
which,
after having successfully maintained itself for some eighteen centuries 
against
innumerable perils of assault from without, and of faction from within, 
has
at length succumbed to the combined arms of scientific and moral criticism. 
But
this very overthrow, this very demolition, creates a new void, to the 
existence
of which the present condition of the world and the apprehensions and 
cravings
everywhere expressed, bear ample testimony. On all sides men are asking 
themselves,
“Who will show us any good?” To whom or to what, if the old system 
be
fallen, shall we turn for counsel and salvation from Doom? Under what roof 
shall
we shelter ourselves if the whole 
be
left upon another that shall not be thrown down”? What way shall we take to 
have
seized upon the best intellects of the age. Conscience has become eclipsed 
by
self-interest, mind obscured by matter, and man’s percipience of his higher 
nature
and needs suppressed in favour of his lower. The rule of conduct among 
men
is fast becoming that of the beast of prey: – self before all, and that the 
earthly,
brutish, and ignoble self. Everywhere are the meaning and uses even of 
life
seriously called in question; everywhere is it sought to sustain humanity 
by
means which are in themselves subversive of humanity; everywhere are the 
fountains
of the great deep of human society breaking up, and a deluge is seen 
to
be impending, the height, extent, and duration of which no one can forecast. 
And
nowhere yet is discernible the 
surmount
and survive the flood.
Nevertheless
this 
this
work of Reconstruction so sorely needed, are all attainable by man. The 
certainty
of their attainment is involved in the nature itself of existence, and 
ratified
in every expression given to the mysteries of that nature from the 
beginning
of the world.
The
prime object of the present work is, then, not to demolish, but to 
reconstruct.
Already the needful service of destruction has been widely and 
amply
rendered. The old 
“children
of 
name
of the stronghold of Materialism. As it is written; “The vessels of the 
House
of the Lord” – that is, the doctrines of the Church – “great and small, 
and
the treasures of the 
carried
away to 
down
the wall of 
and
whatsoever was precious they destroyed.”
It
is now time for the fulfilment of the second and last act of the prophetical 
drama;
– “Thus saith Cyrus,” – that is KurioV the Lord, the Christ; – “All the 
kingdoms
of the earth hath the God of heaven given me, and He hath charged me to 
build
Him again a House in 
build
again the 
In
these words is expressed the intention of the writers of this book. And if 
they
have preferred to withhold their names, it is neither because they distrust 
the
genuineness of their commission or the soundness of their work, nor because 
they
shrink from the responsibility incurred; but in order that their work may 
rest
upon its own merits and not upon theirs, – real or supposed; – in order, 
that
is, that it may be judged and not prejudged one way or the other. Such 
reservation
is in accordance with its whole tenor. For the criterion alone to 
which
appeal is made on its behalf is the Understanding, and this on the ground 
that
it is contrary to the nature of Truth to prevail by force of authority, or 
of
aught other than the understanding; since Truth – how transcendent so ever it 
be
– has its witness in the Mind, and no other testimony can avail it. If truth 
be
not demonstrable to mind, it is obvious that man, who is essentially mind, 
and
the product of mind, cannot recognize or appropriate it. What is 
indispensable
is, that appeal be made to the whole mind, and not to one 
department
of it only.
In
this book no new thing is told; but that which is ancient – so ancient that 
either
it or its meaning has been lost – is restored and explained. But, while 
accepting
neither the presentations of a conservative orthodoxy, nor the 
conclusions
of a destructive criticism, its writers acknowledge the services 
rendered
by both to the cause of Truth. For, like the Puritans, who coated with 
plaster
and otherwise covered and hid from view the sacred images and 
decorations
which were obnoxious to them, orthodoxy has at least preserved 
through
the ages the symbols which contain the Truth, beneath the errors with 
which
it has overlaid them. And criticism, however fiercely infidel, has, by the 
very
act of destruction, cleared the way for rebuilding. It has fulfilled the 
man’s
function, – that of analysis, and made possible the woman’s, – that of 
synthesis.
And this is according to the Divine order.
In
both nature and method, therefore, this book is mainly, interpretative, and, 
consequently,
reconciliatory. And it is this, not only in respect of the Hebrew, 
Christian,
Oriental, and Classic systems in particular, but in respect also of 
modern
thought and human experience in general. It aims at making at-one-ment 
between
Mind and Heart by bringing together Mercy – that is, Religion – and 
Truth
– that is, Science. It seeks to assure man that his best and most powerful 
friends
on every plane are 
Ignorance
and Fear; and that until his thought is free enough and strong enough 
to
bear him aloft to “heaven,” as well as to “the lowermost parts of the earth,” 
he
is no true Son of Hermes, whose- typical name is Thought, and who yet is, in 
his
supremest vocation, the Messenger and Minister of God “the Father.”
ADVENT
1881.
ABSTRACT
OF
ARGUMENT
AND CONTENTS.
_____________________
PREFACE
TO THE REVISED EDITION 
PREFACE
l-------
LECTURE THE FIRST 
INTRODUCTORY
PART
1 Purpose of this book; to supply the existing need of a perfect system of 
thought
and life by one founded in the nature of existence. This not a new 
invention,
but a recovery of the original system which was the basis of all 
religions.
Its recovery due to the same means by which it was originally 
received,
namely, the Intuition, which represents the knowledges acquired by the 
Soul
in its past existences, and complements the intellect, being itself 
quickened
and enhanced by illumination of the Spirit. Revelation a proper 
prerogative
of man, belonging to him in virtue of his nature and constitution, 
and
crowning the reason. God, the supreme Reason. The Understanding, the “Rock” 
of
the true Church. Illustrations of Method, classic and rabbinical. Sketch of 
Doctrine.
Spirit and Matter: their nature, relations, and essential identity. 
Existence
and Being. The Kalpa, Sabbath, and Nirvana, Divinity of Substance: its 
unity
and trinity, and mode of individualization and development. The true 
doctrine
of creation by evolution; found in all religions, as also that of the 
progression
and migration of Souls; personal and historical testimony to its 
truth;
recognized in Old and New Testaments. Rudimentary man. The Sphinx. 
PART
II. Relation of the system recovered to that in possession. The true heir. 
Religion,
being founded in the nature of existence, is necessarily 
non-historical,
independent of times, places, and persons, and appeals 
perpetually
to the mind and conscience. Objections anticipated. Persistency of 
religious
ideas due to their reality. The apparently new not necessarily really 
new.
Christianity not exempt from the influences which caused the deterioration 
of
Judaism. Its future development by means of new revelation foretold by its 
Founder.
Need of such new revelation to preserve, not only religion, but 
humanity
from extinction. The “man of sin” and “abomination that maketh 
desolate.”
Substitution of Gospel of Force by Gospel of Love. One name whereby 
is
salvation, but many bearers. The Christs.
l-------
LECTURE THE SECOND.
THE
SOUL; AND THE SUBSTANCE OF EXISTENCE.
PART
I. The Soul, universal or individual, the supreme subject and object of 
culture;
the essential self, to know which is the only wisdom, involving the 
knowledge
of God. Mysticism or Spiritualism, and Materialism, the doctrines 
respectively
of Substance or Spirit, and of phenomenon. Matter a mode or 
condition
of Spirit, and indispensable to its manifestation. The object of all 
religion
and subject of all revelation the redemption of Spirit from Matter. 
Necessity
to creation of the idea of a No-God. The ascent from Nature’s Seeming 
to
God’s Being. The recovered system and Materialism respectively as Phoebus and 
Python.
PART
II. The Soul as individual, its genesis and nature: the divine idea, 
eternal
in its nature, but perishable if uninformed of the Spirit. The “Fire of 
the
hearth:” the Divine breath. Convergence and divergence: the celestial 
Nirvana,
and that of annihilation. The end of the persistently evil. The planet 
and
its offspring. The fourfold nature of existence, alike in macrocosm and 
microcosm,
due to differentialities of polarization of original substance.
PART
III. The Soul as individual, its history and progress: commencing in the 
simplest
organisms, it works upwards, moulding itself according to the 
tendencies
encouraged by it; its final object to escape the need of a body and 
return
to the condition of pure Spirit. Souls various in quality. The parable of 
the
Talents.
PART
IV. Of the nature of God; as Living Substance, One; as Life and Substance, 
Twain;
the Potentiality of all things; the absolute Good, through the limitation 
of
whom by Matter comes evil. Subsists prior to creation as Invisible Light. As 
Life,
God is He; as Substance, She; respectively the Spirit and Soul universal 
and
individual; the Soul the feminine element in man, having its representative 
in
woman. God the original, abstract Humanity. The seven Spirits of God. 
“Nature.”
The heavenly Maria, her characteristics and symbols. As Soul or 
Intuition,
she is the “woman” by whom man attains his true manhood; The defect 
of
the age in this respect. No intuition, no organon of knowledge. The Soul 
alone
such organon.
PART
V. Divine Names, denotative of characteristics. Function of religion to 
enable
man to manifest the divine Spirit within him. Man as an expression of 
God.
The Christs, why called Sun gods. The Zodiacal planisphere a Bible or 
hieroglyph
of the Soul’s history. Bibles, by whom written. The “Gift of God”.
l-------
LECTURE THE THIRD.
THE
VARIOUS ORDERS OF SPIRITS; AND HOW TO DISCERN THEM.
PART
I. The sphere of the astral, its four circuli and their respective 
occupants.
The Shades; purgatory; “hell;” “devils;” “the Devil;” possession by 
devils;
“souls in prison;” “under the elements;” spirits of the elements, 
subject
to the human will; souls of the dead; the anima bruta and anima divina. 
Metempsychosis
and reincarnation; conditions of the latter; descent to lower 
grades;
cause of the Soul’s loss.
PART
II. The astral or magnetic spirits by which, ordinarily, “mediums” are 
“controlled;”
reflects rather than spirits; difficulty of distinguishing them 
from
Souls; elements of error and deception; delusive character of astral 
influences;
their characteristics; danger of a negative attitude of mind; 
necessity
of a positive attitude for Divine communication; spirits elemental and 
elementary;
genii loci; cherubim.
PART
III. The sphere of the celestial; the procession of Spirit; the triangle of 
life;
the Genius or guardian angel, his genesis, nature, and functions; the 
Gods,
or Archangels.
l-------
LECTURE THE FOURTH.
THE
ATONEMENT
PART
I. This the central doctrine of religion, and, like the Cosmos, fourfold in 
its
nature. What the doctrine is not; its corruption by materialism; priestly 
degradation
of the character of Deity. The Bible represents the conflict between 
prophet
and priest, the former as the minister of the intuition, and the latter 
as
the minister of sense.
PART
II. The occult side of the sacrificial system. Effusion of blood 
efficacious
in the evocation of subhuman spirits, as shown by various examples. 
These
spirits visible in the fume of the sacrifices. Astral spirits personate 
the
celestials. Abhorrence of the true prophet for bloodshed, illustrated in 
Buddha’s
rebuke to the priests. The orthodox doctrine of vicarious atonement, a 
travesty
due to astral spirits, of the true doctrine. Pernicious effects of the 
use
of blood (or flesh) for food; impossibility, on such diet, of attaining full 
perception
of divine truth.
PART
III. Antiquity and universality of the Cross as the symbol of Life physical 
and
spiritual. Its application to the doctrine of the Atonement fourfold, having 
a
separate meaning for each sphere of man’s nature. Of these meanings the first 
is
of the physical and outer, denoting the crucifixion or rejection of the Man 
of
God by the world. The second is intellectual, and denotes the crucifixion or 
conquest
by man of his lower nature. The third, which refers to the Soul, 
implies
the passion and oblation of himself, whereby the man regenerate obtains 
the
power – by the demonstration of the supremacy of spirit over Matter – to 
become
a Redeemer to others. The fourth appertains to the Celestial and 
innermost,
and denotes the perpetual sacrifice of God’s Life and Substance for 
the
creation and salvation of His creatures. The pantheistic nature of the true 
doctrine.
l-------
LECTURE THE FIFTH.
THE
NATURE AND CONSTITUTION OF THE EGO.
PART
I. Psyche as the Soul and true Ego the result of Evolution, being 
individualized
through Matter.
PART
II. Man’s two personalities. Karma or the results of past conduct and 
consequent
destiny. The soul essentially immaculate.
PART
III. The Ego more than the sum total of the consciousnesses composing the 
system,
as representing these combined and polarized to a higher plane. The 
Psyche
alone subjective and capable of knowledge.
PART
IV. The Shade, the Ghost, and the Soul; their respective natures and 
destinies.
PART
V. The anima Mundi, or Picture-World. The soul of the planet, like that of 
the
individual, transmigrates and passes on. 
PART
VI. The Evolution of the Ego, and therein of the 
in
the dogmas of the Immaculate Conception and the Assumption of the B. V. M.
l-------
LECTURE THE SIXTH.
THE
FALL ( 1 )
PART
I. The first Church; its type the Kaabeh, or cube, denoting sixfoldness; 
dates
from “
elements.
The four rivers of 
Scriptures;
how recovered by Esdras; their origin and corruption.
PART
II. The parable of the Fall: its signification fourfold, being one for each 
sphere
of existence; the first, physical and social.
PART
III. The second signification rational and philosophical; the third, 
psychical
and personal.
PART
IV. The fourth signification spiritual and cosmical. The Restoration 
implied
in the Sabbath, and prophesied in the Zodiac, and in the arms of Pope 
Leo
XIII
PART
V. A new Annunciation.
l-------
LECTURE THE SEVENTH.
THE
FALL ( 2 )
PART
I. Interpretation of Scripture dual, intellectual and intuitional, or 
exterior
and interior; the Soul as the woman, through whose aspiration to God 
man
becomes Man in the mystic sense, and made in the image of God; and through 
whose
inclination to Matter he falls from that image. As the fall is through 
loss
of purity, so the Redemption is through restoration of purity.
PART
II. The Soul’s history as allegorized in the books of Genesis and 
Revelation.
PART
III. Source of errors of Biblical interpretation. The historical basis of 
the
Fall. The Church as the Woman. Rise and Fall of original Church. A primitive 
mystic
community. The source of doctrine, interior and superior to priesthoods.
PART
IV. Nature and method of historical Fall. The three steps by retracing 
which
the Restoration will come. Tokens of its approach.
l-------
LECTURE THE EIGHTH
THE
REDEMPTION
PART
I. The “great work” the Redemption of Spirit from Matter: first in the 
individual,
next in the universal. Definition of mystic terms used to denote the 
process:
“Passion,” “Crucifixion,” “Death,” “Burial,” “Resurrection,” 
“Ascension”.
PART
II. The Man perfected and having power: the “philosopher’s stone,” and 
kindred
terms; the Adept and the Christ: sense in which the latter may be called 
a
medium for the Highest; not as ordinarily understood: the Hierarch or Magian, 
his
qualifications and conditions.
PART
III: Design of the Gospels to present perfect character of Man Regenerate; 
selection
of Jesus as subject; Church’s failure of comprehension through loss of 
spiritual
vision, due to materialism. Answer to objection; doctrine of 
Incarnation;
perversion and explanation: method of Gospel symbolism; the 
miracles;
cosmic order of Gospels.
PART
IV. The Sacred Mysteries of Regeneration, celebrated in caves, labyrinths, 
and
pyramids. The great pyramid a symbol of the Soul’s history; the six Crowns, 
or
Acts of initiation: “Betrothal,” “Trial," “Passion,” “Burial,” 
“Resurrection,”
and “Ascension.” The Cup of consummation; the divine Marriage: 
its
three stages, how represented in the Gospels.
PART
V. The Twelve Gates of the Heavenly 
and
its “bright Lord;” the Number of Perfection; the genealogy of the Man 
Regenerate;
“Christ” no incarnate God or angel, but the highest human. The 
world’s
present condition due to sacerdotal degradation of truth. Christian 
gospels
represent later stages only of regeneration, the earlier ones having 
been
exemplified in the systems of Pythagoras and Buddha. Christianity framed 
with
direct reference to these, not to supersede but to complete them; Buddha 
and
Jesus being necessary to each other, as head and heart of same system. Of 
these
combined will be produced the Religion and Humanity of the future; hence 
the
import of the connection between 
Jacob.”
The “Kings of the East,” and the “drying-up of the 
Transfiguration,
a prophecy. The “Eastern Question;” its interior significance; 
the
destiny of Islamism.
l-------
LECTURE THE NINTH.
GOD
AS THE LORD; OR, THE DIVINE IMAGE.
PART
I. The two modes of Deity; God as the Lord, in the Bible, the Kabbala, and 
the
Bhagavad-gîtâ. Swedenborg and his doctrine: his limitations and their cause. 
The
Hermetic doctrine. The “Mount of the Lord.” True meanings of “Mystery;” 
sacerdotal
degradation of the term, and its evil results.
PART
II. Function of the Understanding in regard to things spiritual. Its place 
in
the systems human and divine. The “Spirit of Understanding,” his various 
names
and symbols, and relation to the Christ. Cognate myths in illustration. 
Hermes
as regarded by the Neo-Platonists and by modern Materialists. Mystic and 
Materialist,
the feud between them. The 
Godliness,”
according to Kabbala and Paul. The Pauline doctrine concerning 
Woman;
its contrast with the doctrine of Jesus. Woman according to Plato, 
Aristotle,
Philo, the Fathers, the Church, the Reformation, Milton, Islamism, 
and
Mormonism.
PART
III. Charges whereby it is sought to discredit the system of the Mystics; 
Plagiarism
and Enthusiasm: the signification and value of the latter. Ecstasy: 
its
nature and function. Mystics and Materialists, their respective standpoints. 
Conspiracy
of modern science against the Soul. Materialists, ancient and modern, 
contrasted.
PART
IV. Man’s perception of God sensible as well as mental. The Divine Unity, 
Duality,
Trinity, and Plurality. The Logos, or Manifestor. The mystery of the 
human
Facepp.
PART
V. The Vision of Adonai.
PART
VI. “Christ” as the culmination of Humanity and point of junction with 
Deity.
The Credo of the Elect.
APPENDICES.
I.
CONCERNING THE INTERPRETATION OF SCRIPTURE.
II.
CONCERNING THE HEREAFTER.
III.
ON PROPHESYING; AND A PROPHECY.
IV.
CONCERNING THE NATURE OF SIN
V.
CONCERNING THE “GREAT WORK,” AND THE SHARE OF CHRIST JESUS THEREIN.
VI.
THE TIME OF THE END.
VII.
THE HIGHER ALCHEMY.
VIII.
CONCERNING REVELATION.
IX.
CONCERNING THE POET.
X.
CONCERNING THE ONE LIFE.
XI.
CONCERNING THE MYSTERIES.
XII.
HYMN TO THE PLANET-GOD.
XIII.
FRAGMENTS FROM THE “GOLDEN BOOK OF VENUS.”
PART
PART
II. A DISCOURSE OF THE COMMUNION OF SOULS, AND OF THE USES OF LOVE BETWEEN 
CREATURE
AND CREATURE.
XIV.
HYMN TO HERMES
XV.
THE SECRET OF SATAN
PLATES.
Fig.
1. THE CHERUBIM OF EZEKIEL AND THE APOCALYPSE.
Fig.
2. THE TABERNACLE IN THE WILDERNESS.
Fig.
3. SECTION OF THE GREAT PYRAMID OF GIZEH..
“And
the Lord God said unto the serpent I will put enmities between thee and the 
woman,
and between thy seed and her seed: she shall crush thy head, and thou 
shalt
lie in wait for her heel.” – Gen. iii. 14, 15.
“And
a great sign appeared in heaven: a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon 
under
her feet, and on her head a crown of twelve stars.” – Apoc. xii. I.
l-------
LECTURE THE FIRST.
INTRODUCTORY.
PART
I.
THE
purpose of the Lectures, of which this is the first, is the exposition of a 
system
of Doctrine and Life, at once scientific, philosophic, and religious, and 
adapted
to all the needs and aspirations of mankind. This system is offered in 
substitution,
on the one hand, for that traditional and dogmatic Conventionalism 
which,
by its failure to meet the tests of science and to respond to the moral 
instincts,
is now by thoughtful persons nearly or wholly discarded; and, on the 
other
hand, for that agnostic Materialism which is rapidly overspreading the 
world
to the destruction of all that is excellent in the nature of man.
2.
But although offered in substitution both for that which experience has shown 
to
be defective, and that which is so recent as to be only now in course of 
reception,
the system to be proposed is not itself new; and its present 
exposition
represents, not an Invention as ordinarily understood, but a 
Restoration.
For, as will be shown indubitably, there has been in the world from 
the
earliest ages a system which fulfils all the conditions requisite for 
endurance;
a system which, being founded in the nature of Existence itself, is 
eternal
in its truth and application, and needs but due understanding and 
observance
to enable man by means of it to attain to the highest perfection and 
satisfaction
he can by any possibility imagine or desire. And, as also will be 
shown,
this system is no other than that which all the great religions of the 
world
have, under various guises and with varying degrees of success, striven to 
express.
3.
Our object, therefore, is to restore and to rehabilitate the Truth, by 
divesting
it of all the many limitations, degenerations, perversions, and 
distortions
to which throughout the ages it has been subjected; and by 
explaining
the real meaning of the formulas and symbols which thus far have 
served
rather to conceal than to reveal it. That which we shall propound, 
therefore,
will be no new doctrine or practice; but that only which is either so 
old
as to have become forgotten, or so profound as to have escaped the 
superficial
gaze of modern eyes.
4.
Now, in order to be entitled to a hearing in respect of a subject thus 
momentous
and recondite, it is obviously necessary that the claimant should be 
able
to plead some special qualification in the shape of de possession either of 
an
exclusive source of information, or of an unusual faculty. Hence it becomes 
necessary
to include in these introductory remarks an account of the 
qualification
relied on in the present instance.
5.
That which is thus claimed is at once a faculty and a source of information, 
and
is, in these days, of rare though not novel occurrence. It is that mode of 
the
mind whereby, after exercising itself in an outward direction as Intellect, 
in
order to obtain cognition of phenomena, it returns towards its centre, as 
Intuition,
and be ascertaining the essential idea of the fact apprehended 
through
the senses, completes the process of its thought. And just as only by 
the
combined and equal operation of the modes termed centrifugal and 
centripetal,
of force, the solar system is sustained; so only by the equilibrium 
of
the modes, intellectual and intuitional, of the mind, can man complete the 
system
of his thought, and attain to certitude of truth. And as well might we 
attempt
to construct the solar system by means of an exercise of force in one 
direction,
the human system by means of one sex, or the nervous system by means 
of
the motor roots only, as to attain to knowledge by means of one mode only of 
mind.
It is, however, precisely in this manner that the materialistic hypothesis 
errs;
and by its error it has forfeited all claim to be accounted a system.
6.
The Intuition, then, is that operation of the mind whereby we are enabled to 
gain
access to the interior and permanent region of our nature, and there to 
possess
ourselves of the knowledge which, in the long ages of her past 
existences,
the Soul has made her own. For that in us which perceives and 
permanently
remembers is the Soul. And inasmuch as, in order to obtain her full 
development,
she remains for thousands of years in connection, more or less 
close,
with Matter, until, perfected by experience of all the lessons afforded 
by
the body, she passes on the higher conditions of being; it follows that no 
knowledge
which the race has once acquired in the past can be regarded as 
hopelessly
lost to the present.
7.
But the memory of the soul is not the only factor in spiritual evolution. The 
faculty
which we have named the Intuition, is completed and crowned by the 
operation
of Divine Illumination. Theologically, this illumination is spoken of 
as
the Descent of the Holy Spirit, or outpouring of the heavenly efflux, which 
kindles
into a flame in the soul, as the sun’s rays in a lens. Thus, to the 
fruits
of the soul’s experience in the past, is added the “grace” or luminance 
of
the Spirit; the baptism of Fire which, falling from on high, sanctifies and 
consummates
the results of the baptism of Water springing from the earth. To be 
illumined
by this inward Light, to be united with this abiding divinity, was 
ever
the ardent aspiration of the seeker after God in all times and of all 
lands,
whether Egyptian Epopt, Hindu Yogi, Greek Neoplatonist, Arab Sufi, or 
Christian
Gnostic. By the last named it was styled the Paraclete and Revealer, 
by
whom man is led into all truth. With the Hindu it was Atman, the All-seeing, 
not
subject to rebirths like the soul, and redeeming from the vicissitudes of 
destiny.
By the combined operation of this Light, and the enhancement it effects 
in
the intuitions of the soul, – enabling her to convert her knowledge into 
wisdom,
– the human race has been from age to age perpetually carried up to 
higher
levels of its evolution, and will, in due course, be enabled to 
substantialize
in itself and to be all that in the past it has known and desired 
of
perfection.
8.
These Lectures, then, represent the result of intuitional memory, quickened 
and
enhanced, we believe, by some measure of the divine influx, and developed by 
the
only mode of life ever found compatible with sound philosophic aspirations. 
And
of the doctrine we seek to restore, the basis is the Pre-existence and 
Perfectibility
of the Soul. The former, because, but for her persistence, 
progressive
genesis, or gradual becoming, would be impossible. For development 
depends
upon memory, and is the result of the intelligent application of 
knowledge
gained by experience, in satisfaction of the needs of the individual; 
the
sense of need being complemented by a sense of power.
And
the Perfectibility; because, as a portion of the Divine Being – which is God 
–
constituted of the Divine Substance and illumined by the Divine Spirit, she, 
the
Soul, is necessarily capable of all that her nature implies; and competent 
to
realize for the individuality animated by her, the injunction of the great 
Master
of mystical science; “Be ye perfect, as your Father in heaven is 
perfect.”
9.
It is necessary for the elucidation of our system to speak yet further of the 
constitution
of man. Concerning this, our doctrine is that which has prevailed 
from
the earliest times, and in all philosophical religions. According to this 
doctrine,
man is possessed of a fourfold nature, a speciality which 
differentiates
him from all other creatures. The four elements which constitute 
him
are, counting from without inwards, the material body, the fluidic perisoul 
or
astral body, the soul or individual, and the spirit, or divine Father, and 
life
of his system. This last it is whose kingdom is described as the leaven 
taken
by the woman, – the divine Sophia or Wisdom, – and hidden in three 
measures
of meal, namely, the soul, the perisoul, and the body, until the whole 
is
leavened; until, that is, the whole man is so permeated and lightened by it 
that
he is finally transmuted into Spirit, and becomes “one with God.”
10.
This doctrine of the fourfold nature of man, finds expression also in the 
Hebrew
Scriptures, being symbolized by the four rivers of 
–
flowing from one source, which is God; and by the four elemental living beings 
of
Ezekiel, and their four wheels or circles, each of which denotes a region and 
principality
or power. It has its correspondence also in the four 
interpretations
of all mystical Scriptures, which are the natural, the 
intellectual,
the ethical, and the spiritual; and also in the unit of all 
physical
existence, the physiologic cell. For this, as the student of Histology 
knows,
is composed, from without inwards, first of cell-membrane or capsule, 
which
is not a separable envelope, but a mere coagulative sheathing of its 
fluidic
part; secondly, of the protoplasmic medium; thirdly, of the nucleus, 
itself
a mode of protoplasmic substance; and, lastly, of an element not present 
in
all cells, and often when present difficult to perceive, namely, the 
nucleolus,
or inmost and perfectly transparent element. Thus does man, as the 
Microcosm
of the Macrocosm, exemplify in very detail of his system the 
fundamental
doctrine of the famous Hermetic philosophy by which the expression 
of
every true Bible is controlled, the doctrine, namely, of Correspondence. “As 
is
the outer, so is the inner; as is the small, so is the great: there is but 
one
law; and He that worketh is One. Nothing is small, nothing is great in the 
Divine
Economy.”
11.
In these words are contained at once the principle of the universe and the 
secret
of the Intuition. She it is, the Divine woman of man’s mental system, 
that
opens to him the “perfect way,” the “way of the Lord,” that “path of the 
just
which, as a shining light, shineth more and more unto the perfect day.” And 
her
complete restoration, crowning, and exaltation, is the one condition 
essential
to that realization of the ideal perfection of man’s nature, which, 
mystically,
is called “the Finding of Christ.”
12.
Now, the modes whereby the intuition operates are two, namely, Perception 
and
Memory. By the former, man understands and interprets; by the latter, he 
retains
and utilizes. Perceiving, recollecting, and applying, the mind enacts 
for
itself a process analogous to that which occurs in the physical organism. 
For
its operations correspond to the three physiological processes of Nutrition, 
–
prehension, digestion, and absorption.
13.
When the uninitiated person, or materialist, denies positively, as, with 
curious
inconsistency, such persons do deny, the possibility of positive 
knowledge,
and declares that “all that we know is, nothing can be known,” he 
speaks
truly so far as concerns himself and his fellows. “The natural man” as 
the
apostle declares, “perceiveth not the things that are of the Spirit, for 
they
are foolishness unto him; and he cannot know them because they are 
spiritually
discerned. But the spiritual man judgeth all things, and he himself 
is
judged of no man.” While the two orders here indicated refer to the inner and 
outer,
or soul and body, of each individual, they refer also to the two great 
divisions
of mankind, – they who as yet recognize the body only, and they who 
are
so far unfolded in their interior nature as to recognize the soul also. Of 
these
last is the initiate of sacred mysteries. Following his intuition, such an 
one
directs the force of his mind inwards, and, – provided his will is 
subordinated
to and made one with the Divine will, – passes within the veil, and 
knows
even as he is known. For, as the apostle says again, “What man knoweth the 
things
of a man save the man himself? So, likewise, the things of God no man 
knoweth,
save the Spirit of God within the man. And the Spirit knoweth all 
things
and revealeth them unto the man.” As thus by means of our Divine part we 
apprehend
the Divine, no such apprehension is possible to him who does not, in 
some
degree, reflect the Divine image. “For if thine eye be evil, thy whole body 
is
full of darkness. If, then, the very means of light in thee be darkness, how 
great
is that darkness!”
14.
Matter is the antithetical ultimate of Spirit. Wherefore the enemy of 
spiritual
vision is always Materialism. It is therefore by the dematerialization 
of
himself that man obtains the seeing eye and hearing ear in respect of Divine 
things.
Dematerialism consists, not in the separation of the soul from the body, 
but
in the purification of both soul and body from the engrossment by the things 
of
sense. It is but another example of the doctrine of correspondence. As with 
the
vision of things physical, so with that of things spiritual. Purity alike of 
instrument
and medium is indispensable to perception.
15.
This, then, is the nature and function of the Intuition. By living so purely 
in
thought and deed as to prevent the interposition of any barrier between his 
exterior
and his interior, his phenomenal and his substantial self; and by 
steadfastly
cultivating harmonious relations between these two, – by 
subordinating
the whole of his system to the Divine central Will, whose seat is 
in
the soul, – the man gains full access to the stores of knowledge laid up in 
his
soul, and attains to the cognition alike of God and of the universe. And for 
him,
as is said, “ There is nothing hid which shall not be revealed.”
16.
And it is not his own memory alone that, thus endowed, he reads. The very 
planet
of which he is the offspring, is, like himself, a Person, and is 
possessed
of a medium of memory. And he to whom the soul lends her ears and 
eyes,
may have knowledge not only of his own past history, but of the past 
history
of the planet, as beheld in the pictures imprinted in the magnetic light 
whereof
the planet’s memory consists. For there are actually ghosts of events, 
manes
of past circumstances, shadows on the protoplasmic mirror, which can be 
evoked.
17.
But beyond and above the power to read the memory of himself or of the 
planet,
is the power to penetrate to that innermost sphere wherein the soul 
obtains
and treasures up her knowledge of God. This is the faculty whereby true 
revelation
occurs. And revelation, even in this its highest sense, is, no less 
than
reason, a proper prerogative of man, and belongs of right to him in his 
highest
and completest measure of development.
18.
For placed as is the soul between the outer and the inner, mediator between 
the
material and the spiritual, she looks inwards as well as outwards, and by 
experience
learns the nature and method of God; and according to the degree of 
her
elevation, purity, and desire, sees, reflects, and transmits God. It is in 
virtue
of the soul’s position between the worlds of substance and of phenomenon, 
and
her consequent ability to refer things to their essential ideas, that in 
her,
and her alone, resides an instrument of knowledge competent for the 
comprehension
of Truth even the highest, which she only is able to behold face 
to
face. It is no hyperbole that is involved in the saying, “The pure in heart 
see
God.” True, the man cannot see God. But the Divine in man sees God. And this 
occurs
when, by means of his soul’s union with God, the man becomes “one with 
the
Father,” and beholds God with the eyes of God.
19.
That is not really knowledge which is without understanding. And the 
knowledge
acquired by man through the soul, involves the understanding of all 
things
apprehended. Now, to understand a thing, is to get intellectually into, 
beyond,
and around it; to know the reasons of and for it; and to perceive 
clearly
that it, and it only under the circumstances, is and could by any 
possibility
be true. Apart from such knowledge and understanding, belief is 
impossible.
For that is not belief, in any sense worthy of the term, which is 
not
of knowledge. And only that belief saves which is conjoined with 
understanding.
For the Rock on which the true Church is built, is the 
Understanding.
20.
Such is the meaning of the words of Jesus on the memorable occasion of 
Peter’s
confession of him. It was not to the man Simon that was applied the 
apostrophe,
– “Thou art Peter, the rock, and upon this will I build my Church;” 
but
to the eternal and immutable Spirit of Understanding, by means of which the 
disciple
had “Found Christ.” Thus the utterance of Jesus had reference, not to 
the
man, but to the Spirit who informed the man, and whom with his spiritual 
eyes
the Master discerned.
21.
We have said that the soul, with the eyes of understanding, looks two ways, 
inwards
as well as outwards. It is interesting to remember that this 
characteristic
of the soul was typified under the image of the two-faced 
divinity,
Janus Bifron, or, as called by Plutarch, Iannos. Now Janus is the same 
as
Jonas. Wherefore it is said that Simon, the expositor of the true doctrine, 
is
the son of Jonas, meaning the Understanding. Janus is also the doorkeeper, as 
is
Peter in Catholic tradition. And for this reason a door is called janua , and 
the
first month or entrance of the year, January. Janus thus came to be 
regarded,
like Peter, as the elder, the renewer of time, and the guardian of the 
outermost
circle of the system, and one therefore with Saturn. And as the former 
was
called Pater Janus, so the latter was called Peter Jonas, the Rock of 
Understanding.
And he is represented, as also is Peter, standing in a ship, and 
holding
in one hand a staff and in the other a key. By this is signified, that 
to
the Understanding, born of the experiences of Time, belong the Rod of the 
Diviner,
– or the power of the Will, – and the Keys of the 
Wherefore,
the real chief of the apostles in the true Church, – that which by 
its
knowledge of the mysteries of existence, alone can open the gates of eternal 
life,
– is the Understanding.
22.
The priesthoods, materializing, as is their wont, divine things, have 
applied
the utterance of Jesus to the man Simon and his successors in office; 
but
with the most disastrous consequences. For, ignoring the understanding, and 
putting
asunder that which God has joined together, – Faith and Reason, – they 
have
made something other than Mind the criterion of truth.
To
this divorce between the elements masculine and feminine of man’s 
intellectual
system, is due the prevailing unbelief. For, converted thereby into 
superstition,
religion has been rendered ridiculous; and instead of being 
exhibited
as the Supreme Reason, – God has been depicted as the Supreme 
Unreason.
Against religion, as thus presented, mankind has done well to revolt. 
To
have remained subject, had been intellectual suicide. Wherefore the last 
person
entitled to reproach the world for its want of faith is the Priest; since 
it
is his degradation of the character of God, that has ministered to unbelief. 
Suppressing
the “woman,” who is the intuition, by putting themselves in her 
place,
the priests have suppressed also the man, who is the intellect. And so 
the
whole of humanity is extinguished. Of the influences under which 
Sacerdotalism
has acquired its evil repute, a full account will appear as we 
proceed.
23.
In these lectures, then, the practice denounced will be exchanged for the 
original
method of all true Churches. And appeal will be made to that consensus 
of
all the faculties, sensible, intellectual, moral, and spiritual, comprised in 
the
constitution of man, wherein consists Common Sense. It is not upon any 
authority
of book, person, tradition, or order, that we ourselves rely, or that 
we
invite the attention of others. Reference will indeed be made, as already, to 
various
sacred and other sources, but only for illustration, interpretation, or 
confirmation.
For, confident in the knowledge that all things have their 
procession
from Mind, and that consequently Mind is competent for the 
comprehension
of all things; and also that Mind is eternally one and the same; – 
we
have no fear of antagonism between the perceptions of the present and those 
of
the past, however remote that past be. Only let it be remembered, the appeal 
is,
in all cases, to perception, and in no case, to prejudice or convention. In 
proceeding
from God, all things proceed from pure Reason; and only by Reason 
which,
in being unwarped by prejudice and unobscured by Matter, is pure, can 
anything
be rightly apprehended.
24.
Hence it is that the disposition which refers everything, for instance, to a 
book,
and this, perhaps, one arbitrarily selected from among many similar books; 
or
that refuses to accept truth save on the authority of miracle, is a 
superstitious
disposition, and one that opposes as insuperable a barrier to 
knowledge
as does the materialism, – no less superstitious, – which, 
constructing
an hypothesis independently of facts, rejects all evidence which 
conflicts
with its hypothesis. It is precisely a materialism such as this which, 
in
the recoil from superstition of one kind, has plunged the age headlong into 
superstition
of another kind. For the cultus of the present day, – that of 
Matter,
– is the most stupendous example of Fetish-worship the world has ever 
seen.
But of this we shall have more to say further on. It is necessary here but 
to
remind those who worship a book, that things are not true because they are in 
a
Bible; but that they are in a Bible because previously recognized as true. And 
miracles,
– which are natural effects of exceptional causes, – may indeed be 
proofs
of occult power and skill, but are no evidence of the truth of any 
doctrine.
25.
The following story from the Talmud will serve both to lighten our lecture 
and
to illustrate our position in this respect:
“On
a certain day, Rabbi Eliezer ben Orcanaz replied to the questions proposed 
to
him concerning his teaching; but his arguments being found to be inferior to 
his
pretensions, the doctors present refused to admit his conclusions. The Rabbi 
Eliezer
said, ‘My doctrine is true, and this karoub tree, which is near us shall 
demonstrate
the infallibility of my teaching.’ Immediately the karoub tree, 
obeying
the voice of Eliezer, arose out of the ground and planted itself a 
hundred
cubits farther off. But the Rabbis shook their heads and answered, ‘The 
karoub
tree proves nothing.’ ‘What,’ cried Eliezer, ‘you resist so great a 
miracle?
Then let this rivulet flow backwards, and attest the truth of my 
doctrine.’
Immediately the rivulet obeying the command of Eliezer, flowed 
backwards
towards its source. But again the Rabbis shook their heads and said, 
‘The
rivulet proves nothing. We must understand before we can believe.’ ‘Will 
you
believe me,’ said Rabbi Eliezer, ‘if the walls of this house wherein we sit 
should
fall down?’ And the walls, obeying him, began to fall, until Rabbi Joshua 
exclaimed,
‘By what right do the walls interfere in our debates?’ Then the walls 
stopped
in their fall out of respect to Rabbi Joshua, but remained leaning out 
of
respect for Rabbi Eliezer, and remain leaning until this day. But Eliezer, 
mad
with rage, cried out: ‘Then in order to confound you, and since you compel 
me
to it, let a voice from heaven be heard!’ And immediately the Bath-Kol, or 
Voice
from heaven, was heard at a great height in the air, and it said, ‘What 
are
all the opinions of the Rabbis compared to the opinion of Rabbi Eliezer? 
When
he has spoken, his opinion ought to prevail.’ Hereupon Rabbi Joshua rose 
and
said, ‘It is written, “The law is not in heaven; it is in your mouth and in 
your
heart.” It is in your reason; for again it is written, “I have left you 
free
to choose between life and death and good and evil.” And it is in your 
conscience;
for “if ye love the Lord and obey His voice within you, you will 
find
happiness and truth.” Wherefore then does Rabbi Eliezer bring in a karoub 
tree,
a rivulet, a wall, and a voice to settle questions of doctrine? And what 
is
the only conclusion that can be drawn from such miracles, but that they who 
have
expounded the laws of nature have not wholly understood them, and that we 
must
now admit that in certain cases a tree can unroot itself, a rivulet flow 
backwards,
walls obey instructions, and voices sound in the air? But what 
connection
is there between these observations and the teaching of Rabbi 
Eliezer?
No doubt these miracles were very extraordinary, and they have filled 
us
with astonishment; but to amaze is not to argue, and it is argument, not 
phenomena,
that we require. When, therefore, Rabbi Eliezer shall have proved to 
us
that karoub trees, rivulets, walls, and unknown voices afford us, by unusual 
manifestations,
reasonings equal in value and weight to that reason which God 
has
placed within us to guide our judgment, then alone will we make use of such 
testimonies
and estimate them as Eliezer requires.’”
To
the same purport the famous commentator, Maimonides, says, “When thy senses 
affirm
that which thy reason denies, reject the testimony of thy senses, and 
listen
only to thy reason.”
26.
Having spoken of the Soul’s functions, and of her relation to man, we come 
now
to speak of her nature and history. Whether of the individual or of the 
universal,
Soul is Substance, that which sub-stands all phenomena. This 
substance
is original protoplasm; at once that which makes and that which 
becomes.
The first manifestation of substance is in the interplanetary ether, 
called
by Homer the “Middle Air,” and known in the terminology of Occultism as 
the
Astral Fluid. This, be it observed, is not soul, but that whereby soul is 
manifest,
and in which it potentially subsists. Matter is the ultimate 
expression
of substance, and represents that condition in which it is furthest 
removed
from its original state, as the membranous capsule which forms the 
circumference
of the physiologic cell represents the ultimate expression of the 
fluidic
contents.
27.
The soul may be likened to the nucleus of the cell. The protoplasmic medium 
which
is found within the capsular envelope and in which the nucleus floats, may 
be
likened to the astral fluid, whether interplanetary or intercellular. But the 
nucleus,
the fluidic body surrounding it, and the exterior membrane, are all 
equally
protoplasmic in nature, and the potentiality of one is in all; the 
difference
actually observable among them being due only to difference of 
condition.
28.
All the elements of the cell, however, – the nucleus included, – are 
material;
whereas Matter itself is, whatever its kind, a mode of Substance, of 
which
the nature is spiritual. But though Substance is, by its nature, Spirit, 
there
is a sense in which Spirit is not Substance. This is the sense in which 
Spirit
denotes will or energy, as distinguished from the Substance in which this 
inheres.
Under impulsion of the Spirit as thus defined, Substance exchanges its 
static
for a dynamic condition, repose for activity, becoming molecularized, and 
therefore
materialized, in the process. It does not, however, cease to be 
Substance
by becoming Matter; but Matter ceases to be Matter by cessation of 
motion.
Matter may thus be defined as Substance in a state of incessant, intense 
activity,
which is the condition of every particle in the universe. From the 
microscopic
molecule to the planet everything revolves impelled by one force, 
and
obeying one law.
29.
The truth that Matter is Substance in its dynamic condition was well-known 
to
the hierophants of ancient 
Hebrew
sacred books, –which are Egyptian in origin, – in the phrase, – “And on 
the
seventh day, God ended his work, and He rested on the seventh day from all 
His
work which He had made.”
This
“resting” – which is not annihilation but repose, – involves the return of 
Matter
to its static condition of Substance. The idea presented is that of 
cessation
of active creative force, and the consequent return of phenomenal 
existence
into essential being. This stage it is which constitutes the 
termination
of the creative period, and the perfection of every creative work. 
It
is at once the “rest which remains for the people of God;” the attainment of 
perfection
by the individual, system, or race; and the return of the universe 
into
the bosom of God, by re-absorption into the original substance. The 
Buddhist
terms it Nirvana; and the period of which it is the termination is 
called
by the Hindus, Kalpa, a word signifying Form. And they hold that the 
universe
undergoes a succession of Kalpas, being at the end of each reabsorbed 
into
Deity, Who then rests awhile prior to the next manifestation, reposing upon 
Sesha,
the celestial “serpent,” or living circle of Eternity, the symbol of 
essential
Being, as opposed to existence in its strict sense of manifested 
Being.
30.
For, as will by-and-by be more fully shown, the substance of the soul, and 
therein
of all things, and the substance of Deity, are one and the same; since 
there
is but one Substance. And of this substance, the life is also called God, 
Who,
as living Substance, is at once Life and Substance, one and yet twain, or 
two
in one. And that which is begotten of these two, and is, theologically, 
called
the Son, and the Word, is necessarily the expression of both, and is, 
potentially,
the Universe, for He creates it after His own Divine image by means 
of
the Spirit He has received. Now the Divine Substance is, in its original 
condition,
homogeneous. Every monad of it, therefore, possesses the 
potentialities
of the whole. Of such a monad, in its original condition, every 
individual
soul consists. And of the same substance, projected into lower 
conditions,
the material universe consists. It undergoes, however, no radical 
change
of nature through such projection; but its manifestation – on whatever 
plane
occurring – is always as is the evolution of its Trinity. Thus – to reckon 
from
without inwards, and below upwards – on the plane physical it is Force, 
universal
Ether, and their offspring the material World. On the plane 
intellectual
it is Life, Substance, and Formulation. On the plane spiritual – 
its
original point of radiation – it is Will, Wisdom, and the Word. And on all 
planes
whatsoever, it is, in some mode, Father, Mother, and Child. For “there 
are
Three which bear record in ‘heaven,’ or the invisible, and these Three are 
One.
And there are three which bear record on ‘earth,’ or the visible, and these 
three
agree in one, being Spirit, Soul, and Body.”
31.
The soul’s entrance into Matter, and primal manifestation as an individual, 
occurs
in the lowest modes of organic life, and is due to the convergence of the 
magnetic
poles of the constituent molecules of some protoplasmic entity, an 
action
due to the working of the Spirit in the Matter concerned. For all Matter, 
it
must be remembered, has, and is, Spirit. The focusing of these poles gives 
rise
to a circular magnetic current, of which the result is an electric 
combustion,
which is the vital spark, organic life, Soul. It is, however, no new 
creation
in the ordinary sense of the term. For nothing can be either added to 
or
withdrawn from the universe. It is but a new condition of the one substance 
already
existing, a condition which constitutes a fresh act of individualization 
on
the part of that substance. It has become by self-generation, a soul or 
nucleus
to the cell in which it has manifested itself. Such is the mode of 
operation
of Substance, whether as manifested in the human soul or in the 
physiologic
cell.
32.
The doctrine of creation by development or evolution is a true doctrine, and 
is
in no way inconsistent with the idea of divine operation; but the development 
is
not of the original substance. Being infinite and eternal, that is perfect 
always.
Development is of the manifestation of the qualities of that substance 
in
the individual.
Development
is intelligible only by the recognition of the inherent 
consciousness
of the substance of existence. Of the qualities of that substance 
as
manifested in the individual, Form is the expression. And it is because 
development
is directed by conscious, experienced, and continually experiencing 
intelligence,
which is ever seeking to eliminate the rudimentary and imperfect, 
that
progression occurs in respect of Form. The highest product, man, is the 
result
of the Spirit working intelligently within. But man attains his highest, 
and
becomes perfect only through his own voluntary co-operation with the Spirit.
There
is no mode of Matter in which the potentiality of personality, and therein 
of
man, does not subsist. For every molecule is a mode of the universal 
consciousness.
Without consciousness is no being. For consciousness is being.
33.
The earliest manifestation of consciousness appears in the obedience paid to 
the
laws of gravitation and chemical affinity, which constitute the basis of the 
later,
evolved organic laws of nutritive assimilation. And the perception, 
memory,
and experience represented in man, are the accumulations of long ages of 
toil
and thought gradually advancing, through the development of the 
consciousness,
from inorganic combinations upward to God. Such is the secret 
meaning
of the old mystery story which relates how Deucalion and Pyrrha, under 
the
direction of Themis (Wisdom) produced men and women from stones, and so 
peopled
the renewed earth. These words of John the Baptist bear a similar 
signification:
– “Verily I say unto you, that even of these stones God is able 
to
raise up children unto Abraham.” And by children of Abraham, are denoted that 
“spiritual
Israel,” the pure seekers after God, who finally attain and become 
one
with the object of their quest.
34.
As between Spirit and Matter, so between the organic and the inorganic, 
there
is no real barrier. Nature works in spirals, and works intelligently. In 
all
that modern science has of truth, in respect of the doctrine of Evolution, 
it
was anticipated thousands of years ago. But the scientists of old, using a 
faculty
of the very existence of which those of the present day hear but to jeer 
at
it, discerned in Soul the agent, and in Mind, the efficient cause of all 
progress.
They perceived, as all now perceive who only allow themselves to 
think,
that were Matter, as ordinarily regarded, all that is, and blind force 
its
impelling agent, no explanation would be possible of the obviously 
intelligent
adaptation everywhere apparent of means to ends; the strong set of 
the
current life in the direction of beauty and goodness; and the 
differentiation
of uses, functions, and kinds, not only in cellular tissues, but 
even
in crystalline inorganic elements. Why should Matter, if only what 
ordinarily
it is supposed, – unconscious, aimless, purposeless, – differentiate, 
diversify,
develop? This is the question the ancients asked themselves; and they 
were
keen enough to see that in their very ability to ask it, lay the solution 
of
the problem. For the question was prompted by Mind, and the presence of Mind 
in
the product man, involves its presence in the substance whereof man consists, 
seeing
that an extract cannot contain that which is not in its original 
abstract.
35.
The reasonableness of this proposition is, however, at length beginning once 
again
to be recognized even in the prevailing school, by some of the more 
intelligent
of its members; one of these having recently declared it necessary, 
in
order to account for the facts of existence, to credit Matter with a “little 
feeling.”
(The late Professor Clifford.) This is an admission, which, carried to 
its
legitimate issue, involves the recognition of the system now under 
exposition.
For it involves the recognition of God and the Soul. Thus is modern 
science,
painfully and against its will, working back towards the great doctrine 
taught
long ages ago in the lodges of the Indian and Egyptian Mysteries, and 
verified
by the spiritual experience of every epopt who lived the life 
prescribed
as the condition of illumination.
36.
This is the doctrine known as that of the Transmigration of Souls. Of this 
doctrine
the following concise description is taken from a translation dated 
1650
of one of the so-called Hermetic books, which emanating from Alexandria, 
and
dating from pre-Christian or early Christian times, represent – at least in 
a
measure – the esoteric doctrine of the Egyptian and other ancient religious 
systems.
Of this body of writings only a few fragments survive. The passage 
cited
is from book iv of the work called The Divine Pymander, or Shepherd, of 
Hermes
Trismegistus.
“From
one Soul of the Universe are all those Souls which in all the World are 
tossed
up and down as it were, and severally divided. Of these Souls there are 
many
Changes, some into a more fortunate Estate, and some quite contrary. And 
they
which are of Creeping Things are changed into those of Watery Things, and 
those
of Things Living in the Water to those of Things living on the Land; and 
Airy
ones into Men; and Human Souls that lay hold of Immortality are changed 
into
(holy) Daemons. And so they go on into the Sphere of the Gods. . . . And 
this
is the most perfect glory of the Soul. But the Soul entering into the Body 
of
a Man, if it continue evil, shall neither taste of Immortality nor be 
Partaker
of the Good; but being drawn back the same Way, it returneth into 
Creeping
Things. And this is the Condemnation of an evil Soul.”
37.
The doctrine of the Progression and Migration of Souls, and of the power of 
man,
while still in the body, to recover the recollections of his soul, 
constituted
the foundation of all those ancient religions out of which 
Christianity
had its birth; and was therefore universally communicated to all 
initiates
of the sacred mysteries. And, indeed, one of the special objects of 
the
curriculum of these institutions, was to enable the candidate to recover the 
memory
of his previous incarnations, with a view to his total emancipation from 
the
body. For the attainment of this power was regarded as a token that the 
final
regeneration of the individual – when he would no longer have need of the 
body
and its lessons – was well-nigh accomplished. Thus the prime object of the 
ancient
lodges which constituted the pre-Christian Churches, was the culture of 
the
soul as the divine and permanent element of the individual.
38.
Various eminent sages are said to have remembered some at least of their 
previous
incarnations; and notably Krishna, Pythagoras, Plato, Apollonius, and 
the
Budha Gautama. This last – the “Messenger,” who fulfilled for the mystics of 
the
East the part which six hundred years later was, for the mystics of the 
West,
fulfilled by Jesus, – is stated to have recovered the recollection of five 
hundred
and fifty of his own incarnations. And the chief end of his doctrine is 
to
induce men so to live as to shorten the number and duration of their 
earth-lives.
“He,” say the Hindu Scriptures, “who in his lifetime recovers the 
memory
of all that his soul has learnt, is already a god.”
Socrates
also is represented as distinctly asserting the doctrine of 
reincarnation;
and it was implied, if not expressed in the system formulated by 
the
superb modern thinker and scientist, Leibnitz.
39.
Following the Rabbins and especially the Pharisees, Josephus asserted the 
return
of Souls into new bodies. Nor are recognitions of the doctrine wanting in 
the
Old and New Testaments. Thus the writer of the Book of Wisdom says of 
himself:
“Being good, I came into a body undefiled.” The prophets Daniel and 
John
are told by their inspiring angel that they shall stand again on the earth 
in
the last days of the Dispensation. And of John it was also intimated by Jesus 
that
he should tarry within reach of the earth-life, either for reincarnation or 
metempsychosis,
when the appointed time should come. And of that great school 
which,
apparently because it approached too near the truth to be safely 
tolerated
by a materializing sacerdotalism, was denounced as the most 
dangerously
heretical, – the school of the Gnostics, – the leader Carpocrates, 
taught
that the Founder of Christianity also was simply a person who, having a 
soul
of great age and high degree of purity, had been enabled, through his mode 
of
life, to recover the memory of its past. And Paul’s description of him as a 
“Captain
of Salvation made perfect through suffering,” obviously implies a 
course
of experience far in excess of any that is predicable of a single brief 
career.
To
these instances must be added that of the question put to Jesus by his 
disciples
respecting the blind man whom he had cured: “Did this man sin, or his 
parents,
that he was born blind?” For it shows either that the belief in 
transmigration
was a popular one among the Jews, or that Jesus had inculcated it 
in
his disciples. His refusal to satisfy their curiosity is readily intelligible 
on
the supposition that he was unwilling to disclose the affairs of other souls.
40.
The opening chapters of the Book of Genesis imply the like doctrine. For 
they
present creation as occurring through a gradual evolution from the lowest 
types
upwards, –from gaseous elemental combinations to the crowning 
manifestation
of humanity in woman, –and thus indicate the animal as ministering 
to
the human in a sense widely differing from that ordinarily supposed; for they 
represent
the animal as the younger self of the man, namely, as man rudimentary. 
All
this is involved in the fact that the term applied to the genesis of living 
things
below man, signifies soul, (Heb., “NEPHESH”; i.e., the lowest mode of 
soul.)
and is so translated when applied to man: whereas applied to beasts it is 
rendered
“living creature.” Thus, had the Bible been accurately translated, the 
doctrine
that all creatures whatsoever represent incarnations, though in 
different
conditions, of one and the same universal soul, would not now need to 
be
re-declared, or, when re-declared would not be received with repugnance. That 
it
does produce such a feeling, is a sign how far man has receded from a level 
once
attained, at least in respect of his affectional nature. For the doctrine 
of
a universal soul is the doctrine of love, in that it implies the recognition 
of
the larger self. It represents, moreover, Humanity as the one universal 
creation
of which all living things are but different steps either of 
development
or of degradation, progression or retrogression, ascent or descent; 
that
which determines the present condition and ultimate destiny of each 
individual
entity, being its own will and affections. Animals appeared first on 
earth,
not, as is vainly supposed, to minister to man’s physical wants, but as 
an
essential preliminary to humanity itself. On no other hypothesis is their 
existence
intelligible for the long ages which elapsed before the appearance of 
man.
41.
Thus, not only is the doctrine respectable for its antiquity, universality, 
and
the quality and character of those who, on the strength of their own 
experience,
have borne testimony to it; it is indispensable to any system of 
thought
which postulates Justice as an essential element of Being. For it, and 
it
alone of all methods ever suggested, solves the problem of the universe by 
resolving
the otherwise insuperable difficulties which confront us in regard to 
the
inequalities of earthly circumstance and relation.
The
importance attached to it by the Egyptians is shown by the fact that they 
chose
for their chief religious symbol an embodiment of it. For in representing 
the
lowest as linked to the highest, – the loins of the creature of prey to the 
head
and breast of the Woman, – the Sphinx denoted at once the unity, and the 
method
of development, under individualization, of the soul of the universal 
humanity.
PART
II
42.
WE will now define more precisely the nature of the system we seek to 
restore,
and its relation towards that so long in possession in the West. 
Although
neither Christian nor Catholic in the accepted sense of these terms, it 
claims
to be both Christian and Catholic in their original and true sense, and 
to
be itself the lawful heir, whose inheritance has been usurped by a 
presentment
altogether corrupt, false, superstitious, idolatrous.
According
to the system recovered, the Christ Jesus, Redeemer, and Saviour, 
while
equally its beginning, middle, and end, is not a mere historical 
personage,
but, above and beyond this, a Spiritual Ideal and an Eternal Verity. 
Recognizing
fully that which Jesus was and did, it sets forth salvation as 
depending,
not on what any man has said or done, but on what God perpetually 
reveals.
For, according to it, Religion is not a thing of the past, or of any 
one
age, but is an ever-present, ever-occurring actuality; for every man one and 
the
same; a process complete in itself for each man; and for him subsisting 
irrespective
of any other man whatsoever. It thus recognizes as the actors in 
the
momentous drama of the soul two persons only, the individual himself and 
God.
And whereas in it alone is to be found a complete and reasonable exposition 
of
the parts assigned to both in the work of salvation, all competing systems 
must
be regarded as but an aspiration towards or a degeneration from it, and as 
true
only in so far as they accord with it.
43.
And here it may be remarked, that the doctrine of religion as a present 
reality,
needing no historic basis, is one which in this age ought to find 
especial
welcome. For, what now is the condition of men’s minds in respect to 
the
historical element of the existing religion? None but those who through lack 
of
education stand necessarily upon the old ways, have any reliance upon it. 
Critical
analysis – that function of the mind which, in its nature destructive, 
is,
nevertheless, really harmful only to that which, in being untrue, has not in 
itself
the element of perpetuity – has laid an unsparing axe to the forest of 
ancient
tradition. The science of Biblical exegesis has made it obvious to every 
percipient
mind that sacred books, so far from being infallible records of 
actual
events, abound with inaccuracies, contradictions, and interpolations; 
that
sacred persons, if they existed at all, had histories differing widely from 
those
narrated of them; that sacred events could not have occurred in the manner 
stated;
and that sacred doctrines are, for the most part, either intrinsically 
absurd,
or common to systems yet more ancient, whose claims to sanctity are 
denied.
44.
Thus, to take the leading items of Christian belief, – the whole story of 
the
Incarnation, the expectation of the Messiah, the announcement by the angel, 
the
conception by the Virgin, the birth at midnight in a cave, the name of the 
immaculate
mother, the appearance to shepherds of the celestial host, the visit 
of
the Magi, the flight from the persecuting Herod, the slaughter of the 
innocents,
the finding of the divine boy in the temple, the baptism, the fasting 
and
trial in the wilderness, the conversion of the water into wine, and other 
like
marvels, the triumphal entry into the holy city, the passion, the 
crucifixion,
the resurrection, and the ascension, and much of the teaching 
ascribed
to the Saviour, – all these are variously attributed also to Osiris, 
Mithras,
Iacchos, Zoroaster, Krishna, Buddha, and others, at dates long 
antecedent
to the Christian era. And monuments and sculptures still exist, 
showing
that the entire story of the Divine Man of the gospels was, long before 
Moses,
taught to communicants and celebrated in sacraments in numberless 
colleges
of sacred mysteries.
45.
The Fathers of the Church, – who were well aware of these facts, – dealt 
with
them variously according to the tone and resources of their individual 
minds.
Many of the most notable, including St. Augustine, saw the truth in its 
proper
light; but the explanation accepted was, that the Devil, foreknowing the 
counsel
and intention of God, had maliciously forestalled the career of the true 
Messiah
by false semblances, causing it to be enacted in anticipation by a 
number
of spurious messiahs, so that when the world’s true redeemer should 
appear,
he might be lost, as it were, in the crowd of his predecessors, and 
shorn
of all particular glory.
46.
And what, it may be asked, of the personage just mentioned, who plays so 
enormous
part in the orthodox presentment? He, too, is a perversion of a truth, 
the
real meaning of which will by-and-by be exhibited. It is sufficient to 
remark
here, that, in being founded, – as by the current corrupt orthodoxy, – on 
the
conception of a personal and, virtually, a divine principle of evil, 
Christianity
is made to rest upon an hypothesis altogether monstrous and 
impossible.
47.
There is neither space nor need to particularize the strictures to which the 
Bible
throughout is fairly open, alike on grounds historical, moral, and 
scientific;
or to speak of the many ecclesiastical Councils which, from century 
to
century, have dealt with its component books, variously affirming or denying 
their
canonicity; or to point out the innumerable contradictions and 
inconsistencies,
of doctrine and of narrative with which it abounds. These 
things,
already familiar to many, are readily verifiable by all. This only must 
be
insisted on: to be a student of religion, to be a theologian in the true 
sense,
it is necessary to have knowledge, not of one religion only, but of all 
religions,
not of one sacred book only, but of all sacred books; and to deal 
with
all as with the one, and with the one as with all; to handle the Vedas, the 
Bhagavad-Gita,
the Lalita-Vistara, the Zend-Avesta, and the Kabbala with the 
same
reverence as the Old and New Testaments; and to apply to these the same 
critical
touchstone as to those. It is truth alone which is valuable, and this 
fears
nothing. The crucible does not hurt the gold. The dross alone falls away 
under
the test; and of the dross we are surely well rid.
48.
And when all this has been done; when the mind, purified from prejudice and 
disciplined
by experience, has become an instrument of knowledge competent for 
the
discernment of truth, what, it will be asked, remains to man of his faith 
and
hope, his God and his soul? We know the reply of the Materialist. He, as has 
been
wittily said, throws away the child with the water in which it has been 
washed.
Because he finds impurity obstructing the truth, he rejects the truth 
together
with the impurity. That which remains is the real, ever-living 
religion;
a Divine and operating Word, and not a testament of the dead; a God 
and
a Soul who, as Parent and Offspring, are able to come into direct and 
palpable
relations with each other. And the Creation, the Fall, the Redemption, 
and
the Ascension – rescued from the tomb of the past – become living and 
eternal
verities, enacted by every child of God in his own soul; and Inspiration 
once
more lifts its voice and is heard among us as truly as of old.
49.
For those, then, who, being indeed of Christ, as well as called by his name, 
know
by personal experience that “the kingdom of heaven is within,” there is no 
cause
for anxiety as to the issue of any investigation, critical, scientific, or 
historical,
how keen and unsparing so ever For they know that Religion – which 
is
the Science of Life Eternal, – appeals, not to the bodily senses, but to the 
soul,
since no mere physical phenomena can have any relation to spiritual needs. 
They
know, too, that in representing absolute, eternal verities, religious ideas 
are
beyond the reach of any power of earth to erase or destroy them. But they 
who,
on the contrary, have staked their all of faith in God and hope in heaven 
upon
the special events of a particular period and place, have indeed ground for 
dismay
and despair when they behold in the sculptured remains of other places 
and
remoter times, the effigies of the like events, – the crucifixion of 
Mithras,
the infant Horus or Krishna in the arms of an immaculate mother, the 
resurrection
of Osiris, and the ascension of Heracles. For they see in these, 
the
invalidation, or at least the perplexing multiplication, of events which, on 
their
hypothesis, ought to have happened but once in the world’s – nay in the 
universe’s
– whole history, and on the correct reporting of which their eternal 
welfare
depends. The actual value of these facts will appear as we proceed. They 
are
cited here in demonstration of the fallacy involved in the conception of 
religion
as a thing dependent on history. Rightly interpreted, they will show 
that
the Soul has no relation to phenomena, and that “the kingdom of Christ is 
not
of this world.”
50.
The Gospels bear evidence of being compiled or adapted in great measure from 
older
Oriental Scriptures. But whether or not the events related happened only 
in
part or not at all; whether they were put into their present form by 
Alexandrian
Epopts some hundred years after the date assigned in them to the 
events
they record; or whether their central figure, being himself an Initiate 
and
Adept in the religious science of Egypt and India, actually rehearsed in his 
own
person the greater part of the sacred mysteries, – is, happily, but of 
secondary
importance. And even were it otherwise, it is obvious that the further 
we
get away from the period of the events relied on, and the more years multiply 
upon
us, thrusting that past into still remoter times and ever deepening shades 
of
antiquity, the more difficult must the task of verification become, and the 
weaker
the influences exerted upon man’s moral and intellectual nature. Alas for 
the
hopes of the generations yet to be born, if an historical Christianity be 
indeed
essential to salvation? Nor can we be blind to the injustice and cruelty 
of
making salvation dependent upon belief in occurrences concerning which only a 
learned
few can at any time be in a position to judge whether or not they ever 
took
place; and these, moreover, occurrences of a nature to be a priori 
incredible
save to an elect few. Assuredly, if any demonstration be needed of 
the
necessary unsoundness of a system which rests upon history, it is to be 
found
in the present condition of Christianity. Declining to entrust its 
doctrine
to Reason, the Church has taken its stand upon historical evidence, 
only
to find this give way under it; and it is now without any basis save that 
of
Custom. The time has come in which Christians are Christians, only because 
they
are accustomed to be Christians. Habit has superseded conviction.
51.
Very different is the relation between the human mind and the system under 
exposition.
Appealing to the understanding, and condemning as superstition the 
faith
which is not also knowledge, this system meets unshaken the tests alike of 
time
and of reason; and, so far from looking coldly on science, hails it as an 
indispensable
ally, stipulating only that it be science, and not that which is 
“falsely
so called.” Hoping everything and fearing nothing from the light of 
reason,
it welcomes the searching ray into every recess, and greets with eager 
hands
the philosopher, the historian, the critic, the philologist, the 
mathematician,
the classic, the physicist, and the occultist. For its appeal is 
to
intelligence as developed by knowledge, in the absolute assurance that where 
these
exist in the greatest plenitude, there it will gain the fullest 
recognition.
52.
And the intelligence appealed to is not the head only, but is also of the 
heart;
of the moral conscience as well as of the intellect. Insisting upon the 
essential
unity of all being, it admits of no antagonism between the human and 
the
Divine. But holding that the human is the Divine, and that that which is not 
Divine
is subhuman, it seeks, by the demonstration of the perfection of God, to 
enable
man to perfect himself after the image of God. And it claims, moreover, 
to
be the one philosophy wherein that image finds intelligent exposition, and 
whereby
it obtains practical recognition. To the question why, being in all 
respects
so admirable, it has become lost or perverted, the answer involves the 
history
of man’s original Fall, and will in due course appear.
53.
There are two or three classes of objectors, to whom reply will now be made 
in
anticipation. Of these classes one is that which, under the influence of the 
prevailing
Materialism, holds, that so far from the phrase just employed, “Image 
of
God,” having any basis in reality, modern science has practically 
demonstrated
the non-existence of God. If the following reply to this class 
involves
a reference to regions of being as yet unrecognized in their own 
science,
it is not upon us that the responsibility for the limitation rests. We 
speak
of that which we know, having learned it by experience.
54.
A true Idea is the reflect of a true Substance. It is because religious 
ideas
are true ideas that they are common to all ages and peoples; the 
differences
being of expression merely, and due to the variation of density and 
character
of the magnetic atmosphere through which the image passes. The fact 
that
every nation in every age has conceived, in some shape, of the Gods, 
constitutes
of itself a proof that the Gods really are. For nothing projects no 
image
upon the magnetic light; and where an image is universally perceived, 
there
is certainly an object which projects it. An Idea, inborn, ineradicable, 
constant,
which sophism, ridicule, or false science has power to break only, but 
not
to dispel: – an image which, however disturbed, invariably returns on itself 
and
reforms, as does the image of the sky or the stars in a lake, however the 
reflecting
water may be momentarily shaken by a stone or a passing vessel: – 
such
an image as this is necessarily the reflection of a real and true thing, 
and
no illusion begotten of the water itself. In the same manner the constant 
Idea
of the Gods, persistent in all minds in all ages is a true image; for it is 
verily,
and in no metaphoric sense, the projection upon the human perception of 
the
Eidola of the Divine persons. The Eidolon is the reflection a true object in 
the
magnetic atmosphere; and the magnetic atmosphere is a transparent medium, 
through
which the soul receives sensations. For sensation is the only means of 
knowledge,
whether for the body or for the reason. The body perceives by means 
of
the five avenues of touch. The soul perceives in like manner by the same 
sense,
but of a finer sort and put into action by subtler agents. The soul can 
know
nothing not perceptible; and nothing not perceptible is real. For that 
which
is not can give no image. Only that which is can be reflected.
55.
To the other classes of objectors, who are chiefly of the religious and 
orthodox
order, the following considerations are addressed:
a.
The apparently new, is not necessarily the really new; but may be a recovery 
–
providential, timely, and precious – of the old and original which has been 
forgotten,
perverted, or suppressed.
b.
So far from it being incumbent on Christians to accept the established in 
religion
as necessarily the true and the right, the condemnation by the later 
Hebrew
prophets of the established form of Judaism, as no longer in their time 
representing
the religion divinely given through Moses, imposes on Christians 
the
duty of exercising, at the least, hesitation before accepting the 
established
form of Christianity as faithfully representing the religion 
divinely
given through Jesus. Christendom has been exposed for a far longer 
period
than was Israel, to influences identical with those which caused the 
deterioration
denounced by the prophets, namely, the abandonment of religion, 
without
prophetic guidance or correction, to a control exclusively sacerdotal, 
and
therein to Tradition uninterpreted by Intuition. And not only so, but on the 
first
formal definition and establishment of Christianity under Constantine, – 
himself
an ardent votary of a sun-worship become grossly materialistic, – the 
dominant
conception was far more in accordance with the principles of 
sacerdotalism
than with those of its Founder. There remains, also, the strong a 
priori
improbability that a system identical with that which, in consequence of 
the
efforts of Jesus to purify it, became his destroyer, – a system exclusively 
sacerdotal
and traditional – should, even though calling itself Christian, prove 
a
trusty guardian and faithful expositor of his doctrine.
c.
The belief that Christianity was indeed divinely intended and adapted to 
effect
the redemption of the world from engrossment by the elements merely 
material
of existence, to the recognition and appreciation of its spiritual and 
true
substance; and the fact that thus far Christianity has signally failed to 
accomplish
that object, – make it in the highest degree obligatory on 
Christians,
both to seek diligently the cause of such failure, and to seek it 
elsewhere
than in an original defect of the religion itself.
d.
According to numerous indications – including the express declarations of 
Jesus
himself – much that is essential to the proper comprehension and practical 
application
of Christian doctrine, was reserved for future disclosure. History 
has
yet to record the full manifestation of that “Spirit of Truth,” who was to 
testify
of Jesus, and lead his followers into all truth. And the world has still 
to
see the Christ-ideal so “lifted up” and exhibited as, by force of its 
perfection
as a system of life and thought, irresistibly to “draw all men” to 
it.
e.
In point alike of character and of time, the present period coincides with 
that
indicated in numerous prophecies, as appointed for the close of the old and 
the
commencement of a new era. This is necessarily an event which can come about 
only
through some radical change in the course of the world’s thought. For, in 
being,
however unconsciously to it self, a product of Mind, the world always 
follows
its thought. The world has now followed its thought in the direction of 
Matter
and blind force, until, for the first time in man’s history, its 
recognized
intellect has, almost with one consent, pronounced decidedly against 
the
idea of God. This, therefore, is no other than that “time of the end” 
whereof
the token should be the exaltation of Matter instead of Spirit, and the 
obtrusion
into the “holy place” of God and the soul, of the “abomination that 
maketh
desolate,” to the utter extinction of the world’s spiritual life and of 
the
idea of a divine Humanity. Now is “that wicked one” and “man of sin” – that 
is,
humanity deliberately self-made in the image of the Not-God – definitely 
revealed;
and the gospel of Love is confessedly replaced by the gospel of Force. 
(It
is not a little remarkable, that the foremost symbol of this new gospel 
should
have for the name the Greek term for force; dynamite being simply 
dunamiz.)
Of the prophecies, moreover, which referred to the period in question, 
it
was declared that the words should be “closed up and sealed till the time of 
the
end.” The very discovery of a true interpretation of mystical Scriptures 
would
therefore constitute an indication that the “end is at hand.”
f.
If it be, indeed, that man is not to “go down quick into the pit” that he has 
dug
for himself, the emergency is one with which religion alone can grapple. 
But,
so far from the religion already in the world being competent for the task, 
it
has, by reason of its own degeneracy, ministered to the evil. Wherefore only 
by
a religion which is not that now in vogue, can man be saved. Time can, of 
course,
alone determine if, or by what means, the needed redemption will be 
wrought.
Enough has been said to show that, from the religious point of view, 
there
is ample reason in favour of according a serious hearing even to doctrines 
and
claims so strange and unfamiliar to most persons as those herein advanced.
56.
Finally, to close this Introductory Lecture, and to reassure those who, 
desirous
to know more, are yet apprehensive of finding themselves in the issue, 
like
the patriarch of old, robbed of their gods, we add this final reflection: – 
The
end in view is not denial, but interpretation; not destruction, but 
reconstruction,
and this with the very materials hitherto in use. No names, 
personages
or doctrines now regarded as divine will be rejected or defamed. And 
even
though the indubitable fact be recognized, that the “one name given under 
heaven
whereby men can be saved” has been shared by many, that name will still 
be
the name of salvation, and the symbol of its triumph will still be the cross 
of
Jesus, even though borne before him by, or in the name of, an Osiris , a 
Mithras,
a Krishna, a Dionysos, or a Buddha, or any others who, overcoming by 
love
the limitations of Matter, have been faithful to the death mystically 
called
the death of the cross, and, attaining thereby the crown of eternal life 
for
themselves, have shown to men the way of salvation.
Instead,
then, of indulging apprehension on the score indicated, let heed rather 
be
given to the true moral of the story of all the Christs, how many so ever 
they
be, by whom is enacted in its fullness, while yet in the body, the divine 
drama
of the soul. For, with Christ, all may, in their degree, be redeemers 
alike
of themselves and of others; and with him, to redeem, they must themselves 
first
love and suffer and die. For, as said the German mystic, Scheffler, two 
centuries
ago, –
  “Though Christ a thousand times in Bethlehem
be born,
    But not within thyself, thy soul will be
forlorn:
    The cross of Golgotha thou lookest to in
vain,
    Unless within thyself it be set up again.”
l-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
LECTURE THE SECOND 
THE
SOUL; AND THE SUBSTANCE OF EXISTENCE.
PART
I
1.
OUR theme is that which is at once the supreme subject and object of culture, 
and
the necessary basis of all real religion and science. For it is the 
substance
of existence, the Soul, universal and individual, of humanity. Only 
when
we know the nature of this, can we know what we ourselves are, and what we 
have
it in us to become. For our potentialities necessarily depend upon the 
substance
whereof we are made.
2.
This is not Matter. Wherefore a science which, in being restricted to the 
cognition
of phenomena, is a materialistic science, cannot help us to an 
understanding
of ourselves. But, on the contrary, to such understanding such 
science
is, in its issues, the greatest enemy. Matter is not God: and in order 
to
understand ourselves, it is necessary to understand God. God is the Substance 
of
existence. Be that substance what it may, it still is God; and of God no 
other
definition is possible or desirable, but all conditions are satisfied by 
it.
To know God, then, is to know this substance; and to know this, is to know 
ourselves,
and only by knowing this can we know ourselves.
3.
Such, and no other or less, was the meaning of the famous mystic utterance 
inscribed
on the temple porch at Delphi, – Know thyself, – a sentence which, 
notwithstanding
its brevity, comprehends all wisdom. An attempt, it is true, has 
been
made to improve upon it in the saying, – Ignore thyself, and learn to know 
thy
God. By that which is intended in the latter, is, albeit unsuspected by its 
framer,
comprised in the former. For, as is known to the Mystic – or student of 
Substance,
such is the constitution of the universe, that man cannot know 
himself
without knowing God, and cannot know God without knowing himself. And 
as,
moreover, only through the knowledge of the one can the knowledge of the 
other
be attained, so the knowledge of the one implies and involves that of the 
other.
For, as the Mystic knows, there is but one substance alike of man and of 
God.
4.
This substance, we repeat, is not Matter; and a science which recognizes 
Matter
only, so far from ministering towards the desired comprehension of 
ourselves,
is the deadly foe of such comprehension. For, as Matter is, in the 
sense
already described, the antithesis of Spirit, so is Materialism the 
antithesis
of the system under exposition, namely, of Mysticism, or, as we 
propose
to call it, Spiritualism. And here it must be understood that we use 
this
latter term, not in its modern, debased and limited sense, but in its 
ancient
proper purity and plenitude, that wherein it signifies the science, not 
of
spirits merely, but of Spirit, that is, of God, and therein of all Being. 
Thus
adopting and rehabilitating the term Spiritualism, we define as follows: – 
first,
the system we have recovered and seek to establish; and, next the system 
we
condemn and seek to destroy.
5.
Dealing with both substance and phenomena, Spirit and Matter, the eternal and 
the
temporal, the universal and the individual; constituting respecting 
existence
a complete system of positive doctrine beyond which neither mind nor 
heart
can aspire; providing a rule of knowledge, of understanding, of faith, and 
of
conduct; derived from God’s own Self; transmitted and declared by the 
loftiest
intelligences in the worlds human and celestial; and in every respect 
confirmed
by the reason, the intuition, and the experience of the earth’s 
representative
men, its sages, saints, seers, prophets, redeemers, and Christs, 
and
by none in any respect confuted; – the system comprised under the term 
Spiritualism
is not only at once a science, a philosophy, a morality, and a 
religion,
but is the science, the philosophy, the morality, and the religion of 
which
all others are, either by aspiration or by degeneration, limitations 
merely.
And according to the degree of its acceptance by man, it ministers to 
his
perfection and satisfaction here and hereafter.
6.
But its antithesis: – Springing from the bottomless pit of man’s lower 
nature;
having for its criterion, not the conclusions of the mind or the 
experiences
of the soul, but only the sensations of the body; and being, 
therefore,
not a science, nor a philosophy, nor a morality, nor a religion, but 
the
opposite of each and all of these, – the system comprised under the term 
Materialism
is not a limitation of Spiritualism, but is the negation of it, and 
is
to it what darkness is to light, nonentity to existence, the “devil” to God. 
And
in proportion to the degree of its acceptance by man, it ministers to his 
deterioration
and destruction here and hereafter.
7.
Between the two extremes thus presented, having liberty to choose, and power 
to
determine his own destination, man, according to mystical doctrine, is 
placed,
in pursuance of the Divine Idea of which creation is the manifestation. 
And
whereas, implying the culture of the substantial, Spiritualism, as we use 
the
term, represents Reality; and in implying the culture of the phenomenal 
only,
Materialism represents Illusion, the choice between them is the choice 
between
the Perfection and the Negation of Being.
8.
But whatever the quarrel of the Spiritualist with Materialism for its 
exclusive
recognition of Matter, and consequent idolatry of form and appearance, 
with
Matter itself he has no quarrel. For, although, by reason of its 
limitations,
the cause of evil, Matter is not in itself evil. On the contrary, 
it
comes forth from God, and consists of that whereof God’s Self consists, 
namely,
Spirit. It is Spirit, by the force of Divine will subjected to 
conditions
and limitations, and made exteriorly cognizable.
9.
Matter is thus a manifestation of that which in its original condition is 
unmanifest,
namely, Spirit. And Spirit does not become evil by becoming 
manifest.
Evil is the result of the limitation of Spirit by Matter. For Spirit 
is
God, and God is good. Wherefore, in being the limitation of God, Matter is 
the
limitation of good. Such limitation is essential to creation. For without a 
projection
of Divine Substance, that is, of God’s Self, into conditions and 
limitations,
– of Being, which is absolute, into Existence, which is relative, – 
God
would remain inoperative, solitary, unmanifest, and consequently unknown, 
unhonored
and unloved, with all God’s power and goodness potential merely and 
unexercised.
For aught else to exist that God, there must be that which is by 
limitation,
inferior to God. And for this to exist in plenitude corresponding to 
God’s
infinitude, it must involve the idea of the opposite and negation of God. 
This
is to say: – Creation, to be worthy of God, must involve the idea of a 
No-God.
God’s absolute plenitude in respect of all the qualities and properties 
which
constitute Being, must be contrasted by that utter deprivation of all such 
properties
and qualities, which constitutes Not-Being. Between no narrower 
extremes
can a Divine creation be contained. By no lesser contrast can God be 
fully
manifested. The darkness of God’s shadow must correspond in intensity with 
the
brightness of God’s light. And only through the full the knowledge of the 
one,
can the other be duly apprehended and appreciated. He only can thoroughly 
appreciate
good, who has ample knowledge of evil. It is a profound truth, that 
“the
greater the sinner, the greater the saint.” That exquisite epitome of the 
Soul’s
history, the parable of the Prodigal Son, is based upon the same text. 
Only
they who have gone out from God, returning, know God. At once consequence 
and
cause of the going out from God, Matter is an indispensable minister to 
Creation,
without which and its limitations Creation were not.
10.
But mere creation does not represent the totality of the Divine purpose. And 
a
creation restricted to the actualities of Matter would be the reverse of a 
boon
to itself or a credit to God. For by a creation thus limited, Deity would 
have
shown Itself to be that only which the Materialist imagines It, namely, 
Force.
Whereas “God is Love.” And Love is that, not which merely creates and 
after
brief caress repudiates and discards; but which sustains, redeems, 
perfects,
and perpetuates. And to these ends Matter ministers indispensably, and 
therein
contributes towards that second creation which is the supplement and 
complement
of the first. This second creation is called Redemption, and in it 
the
Creator finds His recognition and glorification, and man his perfection and 
perpetuation.
For Redemption is the full compensation, both to God and to the 
universe,
for all that is undergone and suffered by and trough Creation. And it 
is
brought about by the return from Matter of Spirit, to its original condition 
of
purity, but individualized and enriched by the results of all that has been 
gained
through the processes to which it has been subjected; – results which, 
but
for Matter, could not have been. Matter is thus indispensable to the 
processes
both of creation and of perfection. For that through which we are made 
perfect
is experience, or suffering; and we are only really alive and exist in 
so
far as we have felt. Now, of this divine and indispensable ministry of 
experience,
Matter is the agent.
11.
Such being for the Spiritualist, who also is Mystic and not Phenomenalist 
merely,
the origin, nature, and final cause of Matter, he has with it no ground 
of
quarrel. But recognizing it as intended, not to conceal but to reveal God, 
and
to minister to man’s creation in the image of God, he regards the material 
universe
as a divine revelation, and seeks, by humble, reverent, and loving 
analysis
of it, to learn both it and God, and thus to make it minister to his 
own
perfection. “Imitation,” it has been said, and truly, “is the sincerest 
flattery.”
And man best honours God when he seeks to be like God. In this 
pursuit
it is that, following his intuition of Spirit, he ascends from the 
exterior
sphere of Matter and appearance, – that sphere which, as the outermost 
of
man’s system, constitutes the borderland between him and negation, and is 
therefore
next neighbour, to that which, mystically, is called the devil, – to 
the
interior sphere of Spirit and Reality, where God subsists in His plenitude. 
And
so, from Nature’s Seeming he attains to the cognition at once of God’s and 
his
own Being.
12.
The system by the knowledge and observance of which these supreme ends are 
attained,
and which is now for the first time in the world’s history openly 
disclosed,
has constituted the hidden basis of all the world’s divine 
revelations
and religions. For from the beginning there has been one divine 
Revelation,
constantly re-revealed in whole or in part, and representing the 
actual
eternal nature of existence; and this in such measure as to enable those 
who
receive it to make of their own existence the highest and best that can 
possibly
be imagined or desired. Known by various names, delivered at various 
places
and periods, and finding expression under various symbols, this 
revelation
has constituted a Gospel of Salvation for all who have accepted it, 
enabling
them to escape the limitations of Matter and return to the condition of 
pure
Spirit, and therein to attain immunity, not merely, as is ordinarily 
desired,
from the consequences of sin, but from the liability to sin. And, as 
history
shows, wherever it has succeeded in obtaining full manifestation, 
Materialism,
with all its foul brood, has fled discomfited, like Python, the 
mighty
Serpent of Darkness, before the darts of Phoebus, to make its dwelling in 
the
caverns and secret places of earth.
PART
II
13.
COMING, then, to the proper subject of this Lecture, we will now treat of 
the
Soul, universal and individual, commencing with the latter.
The
soul, or permanent element in man, is first engendered in the lowest forms 
of
organic life, from which it works upwards, through plants and animals, to 
man.
Its earliest manifestation is in the ethereal or fluidic material called 
the
astral body; and it is not something added to that body, but is generated in 
it
by the polarization of the elements. Once generated, it enters into and 
passes
through many bodies, and continues to do so until finally perfected or 
finally
dissipated and lost. The process of its generation is gradual. The 
magnetic
forces of innumerable elements are directed and focused to one center; 
and
streams of electric power pass along all their convergent poles to that 
center,
until they create there a fire, a kind of crystallization of magnetic 
force.
This is the Soul, the sacred fire of the hearth, called by the Greeks 
Hestia,
or Vesta, which must be kept burning continually. The astral and fluidic 
body,
its immediate matrix, – called also the perisoul, – and the material or 
fixed
body put forth by this, may fall away and disappear; but the soul, once 
begotten
and made an individual, is immortal, until its own perverse will 
extinguishes
it. For the fire of the soul must be kept alive by the Divine 
Breath,
if it is to endure for ever. It must converge, not diverge. If it 
diverge,
it will be dissipated. The end of progress is unity; the end of 
degradation
is division. The soul, therefore, which ascends, tends more and more 
to
union with and absorption into the Divine.
14.
The clearest understanding may be obtained of the soul by defining it as the 
Divine
Idea. Before anything can exist outwardly and materially, the idea of it 
must
subsist in the Divine Mind. The soul, therefore, may be understood to be 
divine
and everlasting in its nature. But it does not act directly upon Matter. 
It
is put forth by the Divine Mind; but the body is put forth by the astral, or 
“fiery”,
body. As Spirit, on the celestial plane, is the parent of the soul, so 
Fire,
on the material plane, begets the body. The plane on which the celestial 
and
creatures touch each other, is the astral plane.
15.
The soul, being in its nature eternal, passes from one form to another 
until,
in its highest stage, it polarizes sufficiently to receive the spirit. It 
is
in all organized things. Nothing of an organic nature exists without a soul. 
It
is the individual, and perishes finally if uninformed of the spirit.
16.
This becomes readily intelligible if we conceive of God as of a vast 
spiritual
body constituted of many individual elements, all having but one will 
and
therefore being one. This condition of oneness with the Divine Will and 
Being,
constitutes what, in Hindu mysticism, is called the celestial Nirvana. 
But
though becoming pure Spirit, or God, the individual retains his 
individuality.
So that, instead of all being finally merged in the One, the One 
becomes
Many. Thus does God become millions. “God is multitudes, and nations, 
and
kingdoms, and tongues; and the voice of God is as the sound of many waters.”
17.
The Celestial Substance is continually individualizing Itself, that It may 
build
Itself up into One perfect Individual. Thus is the Circle of Life 
accomplished,
and thus its ends meet the one with the other. But the degraded 
soul,
on the other hand, must be conceived of as dividing more and more, until, 
at
length, it is scattered into many, and ceases to be as an individual, 
becoming,
as it were, split, and broken up, and dispersed into many pieces. This 
is
the Nirvana of annihilation. (See Appendices, No. IV.)
18.
The Planet must not be looked upon as something apart from its offspring. 
It,
also, is a Person, fourfold in nature, and having four orders of offspring, 
of
which orders man alone comprises the whole. Of its offspring some lie in the 
astral
region only, and are but twofold; some in the watery region, and are 
threefold;
and some in the human region, who are fourfold. The metallic and 
gaseous
envelope of the planet, are its body and perisoul. The organic region 
comprises
its soul; and the human region its spirit, or divine part. When it was 
but
metallic it had no individualized soul. When it was but organic it had no 
divine
spirit. But when man was made in the image of God, then was its spirit 
breathed
into its soul. In the metallic region soul is diffused and unpolarized; 
and
the metals, therefore, are not individual; and not being individual, their 
transmutation
does not involve transmigration. But the plants and animals are 
individual,
and their essential element transmigrates and progresses. And man 
has
also a divine spirit; and so long as he is man – that is truly human – he 
cannot
re-descend into the body of an animal or any creature in the sphere 
beneath
him, since that would be an indignity to the spirit. But if he lose his 
spirit,
and become again animal, he may descend, and – disintegrating – become 
altogether
gross and horrible. This is the end of persistently evil men. For God 
is
not the God of creeping things; but Impurity – personified by the Hebrews as 
Baalzebub
– is their god. And there were none of this in the Age of Gold, 
neither
shall there be any when the earth is fully purged. Man’s own wickedness 
is
the creator of his evil beasts. (Comp. Bhagavat-Gita, 1. xvi.)
19.
The soul is not astral fluid, but is manifest by astral fluid. For the soul 
itself
is, like the idea, invisible and intangible. This may be best seen by 
following
out the genesis of any particular action. For instance, the stroke of 
the
pen on paper is the phenomenon, that is, the outer body. The action which 
produces
the stroke is the astral body; and, though physical, it is not a thing, 
but
a transition or medium between the result and its cause, – between, that is, 
the
stroke and the idea. The idea, manifested in the act, is not physical, but 
mental,
and is the soul of the act. But even this is not the first cause. For 
the
idea is put forth by the will, and this is the spirit. Thus, we will an 
idea,
as God wills the Macrocosm. The potential body, its immediate result, is 
the
astral body; and the phenomenal body, or ultimate form, is the effect of 
motion
and heat. If we could arrest motion, we should have as the result, fire. 
But
fire itself also is material, since, like the earth or body, it is visible 
to
the outer sense. It has, however, many degrees of subtlety. The astral, or 
odic,
substance, therefore, is not the soul itself, but is the medium or 
manifestor
of the soul, as the act is of the idea.
20.
To pursue this explanation a little further. The act is a condition of the 
idea,
in the same way as fire, or incandescence, is the condition of any given 
object.
Fire is, then, the representative of that transitional medium termed the 
Astral
body; as Water – the result of the combined interaction of Wisdom the 
Mother,
or Oxygen, and Justice the Father, or Hydrogen – is of the Soul. Air, 
which
is produced by the mixture – not combination – of  Wisdom and Force 
(Azoth),
represents the Spirit – One in operation, but ever Twain in 
constitution.
Earth is not, properly speaking, an element at all. She is the 
result
of the Water and the Air, fused and crystallized by the action of the 
Fire;
and her rocks and strata are either aqueous or igneous. Fire, the real 
maker
of the body, is, as we have seen, a mode and condition, and not a true 
element.
The only real, true, and permanent elements, therefore, are Air and 
Water,
which are, respectively, as Spirit and Soul, Will and Idea, Father and 
Mother.
And out of this are made all the elements of earth by the aid of the 
condition
of Matter, which is, interchangeably, Heat and Motion. Wisdom, 
Justice,
and Force, or Oxygen, Hydrogen, and Azote, are the three out of which 
the
two true elements are produced.
21.
Material body, astral fluid or sideral body, soul, and spirit, all these are 
one
in their essence. And the first three are differentialities of polarization. 
The
fourth is God’s Self. When the Gods – the Elohim or Powers of the Hebrews – 
put
forth the world, they put forth substance with its three potentialities, but 
all
in the condition of “odic” light. This substantial light is called sometimes 
the
sideral or astral body, sometimes the perisoul, and this because it is both. 
It
is that which makes, and that which becomes. It is fire, or the anima bruta 
(as
distinguished from the Divine), out of and by means of which body and soul 
are
generated. It is the fiery manifestation of the soul, the magnetic factor of 
the
body. It is space, it is substance, it is foundation; so that from it 
proceed
the gases and the minerals, which are unindividualized, and from it also 
the
organic world which is individualized. But man it could not make; for man is 
fourfold
and of the divine ether, the province assigned by the Greeks to Zeus, 
the
father of the Gods and men.
22.
The outer envelope of the macrocosm and the microcosm alike, the Earth or 
body,
is thus in reality not elemental at all, but is a compound of the other 
three
elements. Its fertility is due to the water, and its transmutory or 
chemical
power to the fire. The water corresponds to the soul, – the “best 
principle”
of Pindar, – while fire is to the body what spirit is to the soul. As 
the
soul is without divinity and life until vivified by the spirit, so the body 
–
earth or Matter – is without physical life in the absence of fire. No Matter 
is
really dead Matter, for the fire element is in all Matter. But Matter would 
be
dead, would cease, that is, to exist as Matter, if motion were suspended, 
which
is, if there were no fire. For, as wherever there is motion there is heat, 
and
consequently fire; and motion is the condition of Matter, so without fire 
would
be no Matter. In other words, Matter is a mode of life.
PART
III
23.
WE come now to the history and progress of the soul. Souls, we have said, 
work
upwards from plants and animals to man. In man they attain their perfection 
and
the power to dispense altogether with material bodies. Their ability to do 
this
is the cause and consequence of their perfection. And it is the attainment 
of
this that is the object of the culture of the soul – the object, that is, of 
religion.
Spirit alone is good, is God. Matter is that whereby spirit is 
limited,
and is, therein, the cause of evil; for evil is the limitation of good. 
Wherefore
to escape from Matter and its limitations, and return to the condition 
of
spirit, is to be superior to the liability to evil.
24.
Formerly the way of escape for human souls was more open than now, and the 
path
clearer. Because, although ignorance of intellectual things abounded, 
specially
among the poorer folk, yet the knowledge of divine things, and the 
light
of faith, were stronger and purer. The anima bruta, or earthly mind, was 
less
strongly defined and fixed, so that the anima divina, or heavenly mind, 
subsisted
in more open conditions. Wherefore the souls of those ages of the 
world,
not being enchained to earth as they now are, were enabled to pass more 
quickly
through their avatars; and but few incarnations sufficed where now many 
are
necessary. For in these days the mind’s ignorance is weighted by 
materialism,
instead of being lightened by faith; and the soul is sunk to earth 
by
love of the body, by atheism, and by excessive care for the things of sense. 
And
being crushed thereby, it lingers long in the atmosphere of earth, seeking 
many
fresh lodgements, and so multiplies bodies, the circumstances of each of 
which
are influenced by the use made of the previous one.
25.
For every man makes his own fate, and nothing is truer than that character 
is
Destiny. It is by their own hands that the lines of some are cast in pleasant 
places,
of some in vicious, and of some in virtuous ones, so that there is 
nothing
arbitrary or unjust. But in what manner so ever a soul conduct itself in 
one
incarnation, by that conduct, by that order of thought and habit, it builds 
for
itself its destiny in a future incarnation. For the soul is enchained by 
these
prenatal influences, which irresistibly force it into a new nativity at 
the
time of such conjunction of planets and signs as oblige it into certain 
courses
and incline it strongly thereto. But if the soul oppose itself to these 
influences
and adopt some other course, – as it well may to its own real 
advantage,
– it brings itself under a “curse” for such period as the planets and 
ruling
signs of that incarnation have power. But though this mean is misfortune 
in
a worldly sense, it is true fortune for the soul in a spiritual sense. For 
the
soul is therein striving to atone and make restitution for the evil done in 
its
own past; and thus striving, it advances towards higher and happier 
conditions.
Wherefore man is, strictly, his own creator, in that he makes 
himself
and his conditions, according to the tendencies he encourages. The 
process
of such reformation, however, may be a long one. For, tendencies 
encouraged
for ages cannot be cured in a single lifetime, but may require ages 
for
their cure.
And
herein is a reflection to make us as patient towards the faults of others, 
as
we ought to be impatient of our own faults.
26.
The doctrine of the soul is embodied in the parable of the Talents. Into the 
soul
of the individual is breathed the Spirit of God, divine, pure, and without 
blemish.
It is God. And the individual has, in his earth-life, to nourish that 
Spirit
and feed it as a flame with oil. When we put oil into a lamp, the essence 
passes
into and becomes flame. So is it with the soul of him who nourishes the 
Spirit.
It grows gradually pure and becomes Spirit. By this spirit the body is 
enlightened
as a lamp by the flame within it. Now, the flame is not the oil, for 
the
oil may be there without the light; yet the flame cannot be there without 
the
oil. The body, then, is the lamp-case into which the oil is poured; and 
this,
the oil, is the soul, a fine and combustible fluid; and the flame is the 
Divine
Spirit, which is not born of the oil, but is communicated by God from 
within.
We may quench this Spirit utterly, and thenceforward we shall have no 
immortality;
but when the lamp-case breaks, the oil will be spilt on the earth, 
and
a few fumes will for a time arise from it, and then it will expend itself, 
leaving
at last no trace. Thus, as in the parable of the Talents, where God has 
given
five talents, man pays back ten; or he pays back nothing, and perishes.
27.
Some oils are finer and more combustible than others. The finest is that of 
the
soul of the poet; and in such a medium the flame of God’s Spirit burns more 
clearly
and powerfully, and brightly, so that sometimes mortal eyes can hardly 
endure
its lustre. Of such an one the soul is filled with holy rapture. He sees 
as
no other man sees; and the atmosphere about him is enkindled. His soul 
becomes
transmuted into flame; and when the lamp of his body is shattered, his 
flame
mounts and soars, and is united to the Divine Fire. (See Appendices, No. 
IX)
PART
IV
28.
WE come to treat of that from which the soul of the individual proceeds, and 
of
which it consists. For, as already observed, it is upon the nature of this 
that
our potentialities depend. Let us, then, for awhile, ignoring the universe 
of
things, cast our minds backward to the point wherein, prior to existence, 
substance
necessarily, subsists alone and undifferentiated, and pure Being is 
all.
29.
That which subsists before the beginning of things, is necessarily the 
potentiality
of things. This necessarily is homogeneous. As the Substance of 
things,
and pervaded by Life, it is Living Substance; and being homogeneous, it 
is
One. But, consisting of Life and Substance, it is Twain. Constituting the 
life
and substance of Persons, it is necessarily personal; and being 
self-subsistent,
infinite, eternal, and personal, it is God; and God is Twain in 
One.
By virtue of the potency of this duality, God subsists and operates. And 
every
monad of God’s substance possesses the potency of Twain. Wherever are Life 
and
Substance, there is God. Wherever God is, there is Being; and wherever Being 
is,
there is God; for God is Being. The universe is Existence, that is, God 
manifested.
Prior to the universe, God subsisted unmanifest. Subsistence and 
Existence,
these are the two terms which denote respectively God in God’s Self, 
and
God in Creation.
30.
Before the beginning of things, the great and invisible God alone subsisted. 
There
was no motion, nor darkness, nor space, nor matter. There was no other 
then
God, the One, the Uncreate, the Self-subsistent, Who subsisted as invisible 
Light.
31.
God is Spirit, God is Life, God is Mind, God is the Subject and Object of 
mind:
at once the thought, the thinker, and that which is thought of. God is 
positive
and personal Being; the potential Essence of all that is or can be; the 
one
and only Self; that alone in the universe which has the right to say, “I”. 
Wherever
a Presence is, there is God; and where God is not, is no Being.
32.
In God subsist, in absolute plenitude and perfect equilibrium, all qualities 
and
properties which, opposed to and yet corresponding with each other, 
constitute
the elements masculine and feminine of existence. God is perfect 
will,
and perfect love, perfect knowledge and perfect wisdom, perfect 
intelligence
and perfect sympathy, perfect justice and perfect mercy, perfect 
power
and perfect goodness. And from God, as original and abstract humanity, 
proceeds
the derived and concrete humanity which, when perfected, manifests God. 
God
is light, truth, order, harmony, reason; and God’s works are illumination, 
knowledge,
understanding, love, and sanity. And inasmuch as anything is 
absolute,
strong, perfect, true, inasmuch it resembles God and is God. Perfect 
and
complete from eternity, God is beyond possibility of change or development. 
Development
pertains only to the manifestation of God in creation. As God is 
one,
so is God’s method one, and without variation or shadow of turning. God 
works
from within outwards; for God’s kingdom is within, being interior, 
invisible,
mystic, spiritual. And God’s Spirits, Other Spirits of the Invisible 
Light,
are Seven: – the spirit of wisdom, the spirit of understanding, the 
spirit
of counsel, the spirit of power, the spirit of knowledge, the spirit of 
righteousness,
and the spirit of divine awfulness. These are the Powers, or 
Elohim,
of God. They are coequal and co-eternal. Each has in itself the nature 
of
the whole. Each is a perfect entity. Of them all is the whole of God’s 
substance
pervaded. And in their individual manifestations they are the Gods.
33.
In God, before the beginning, all things visible and invisible were 
potential;
and of God’s fullness have we all received. Before the beginning 
negation
was not. There was no other than God.
34.
As Living Substance, God is One. As Life and Substance, God is Twain. HE is 
the
Life, and SHE is the Substance. And to speak of HER, is to speak of Woman in 
her
supremest mode. She is not “Nature;” Nature is the manifestation of the 
qualities
and properties with which, under suffusion of the Life and Spirits of 
God,
Substance is endowed. She is not matter; but is the potential essence of 
Matter.
She is not Space; but is the within of space, its fourth and original 
dimension,
that from which all proceed, the containing element of Deity, and of 
which
space is the manifestation. As original Substance, the substance of all 
others
substances, She underlies that whereof all things are made; and, like 
life
and mind, is interior, mystical, spiritual, and discernible only when 
manifested
in operation. In the Unmanifest, She is the Great Deep, or Ocean, of 
Infinitude,
the Principium or Arche, the heavenly Sophia, or Wisdom, Who 
encircles
and embraces all things; of Whom are dimension and form and 
appearance;
Whose veil is the astral fluid, and Who is, Herself, the substance 
of
all souls.
35.
On the plane of manifestation, as the Soul macrocosmic and microcosmic, She 
appears
as the Daughter, Mother, and Spouse of God. Exhibiting in a perfect 
Humanity
the fullness of the life she has received of God, she is mystically 
styled
the Blessed Virgin Mary, and in token of her Divine Motherhood and 
heavenly
derivation and attributes, is represented as clad in celestial azure, 
and
bearing in Her arms the infant Man, in whom, regenerate and reborn of Her 
own
immaculate substance, the universe is redeemed. In Her subsist inherently 
all
the feminine qualities of the Godhead. As Venus, the brightest of the mystic 
Seven
who represent the Elohim of God, She corresponds to the third, the spirit 
of
counsel, in that counsel is wisdom, and love and wisdom are one. Thus, in 
mystical
art She is portrayed as Aphrodite the Sea-Queen, and Mary the Star of 
the
Sea, and as the soul from whose pure intuition of God proceeds the perfected 
man.
Correspondingly, in mystical science She appears as Sodium, or Salt, whose 
ray
in the spectrum, as the place of Venus among the planets, is the third, 
whose
light is the brightest, and whose colour is the yellow. Among the metals, 
copper
is dedicated to Venus. For of copper the crystals are the deep sea-blue. 
And,
inasmuch as She, as love, is the enlightener, and as salt the purifier, and 
the
pure in heart see God, so is its sulphate a balm for ailing eyes. As Pallas 
or
Minerva, She is “Our Lady of Victories,” adversary of demons and dragons, 
wearing
the panoply of heaven, and the insignia of wisdom and righteous war. As 
Isis
or Artemis, She is pre-eminently the Initiator, the Virgin clothed in 
white,
standing on the Moon, and ruling the waters.
36.
Also is She “Mother of Sorrows,” whose bitterness pervades all things below; 
and
only by her salting with affliction, purification by trial, and purchase of 
wisdom
by dear-bought experience, is the perfection that is of Her attained. 
Nevertheless
She is also “Mother of Joys,” since Her light is gilded by the 
solar
rays; and of Her pain and travail as the soul in the individual, comes the 
regeneration
of Her children. And She is for them no more a sea of bitterness 
when
once their warfare with evil has been accomplished: for then is She “our 
Lady,
Glory of the Church triumphant.” Thus is the Microcosm.
37.
In the Macrocosm She is that Beginning or Wisdom wherein God makes the 
heavens
and the earth; the substantial waters upon whose face He, the Energizing 
Will,
moves at every fresh act of creation, and the ark or womb from which all 
creatures
proceed. And it is through the “gathering together”, or coagulation, 
of
Her “waters” that the “dry land” of the earth or body, which is Matter, 
appears.
For she is that spiritual substance which, polarizing interiorly, is – 
in
the innermost – God; and coagulating exteriorly, becomes – in the outermost – 
Matter.
And She, again, it is, who as the soul of humanity, regaining full 
intuition
of God, overwhelms the earth with a flood of Her waters, destroying 
the
evil and renewing the good, and bearing unharmed on Her bosom the elect few 
who
have suffered Her to build them up in the true image of God. Thus to these 
is
She “Mother of the Living.”
38.
And as, on plane physical, man is not Man – but only Boy, rude, froward, and 
solicitous
only to exert and exhibit his strength – until the time comes for him 
to
recognize, appreciate, and appropriate Her as the woman; so on the plane 
spiritual,
man is not Man – but only Materialist, having all the deficiencies, 
intellectual
and moral, the term implies – until the time comes for him to 
recognize,
appreciate, and appropriate Her as the Soul, and, counting Her as his 
better
half, to renounce his own exclusively centrifugal impulsions, and yield 
to
Her centripetal attractions. Doing this with all his heart, he finds that She 
makes
him, in the highest sense, Man. For, adding to his intellect Her 
intuition,
She endows him with that true manhood, the manhood of Mind. Thus, by 
Her
aid obtaining cognition of substance, and from the phenomenal fact ascending 
to
the essential idea, he weds understanding to knowledge, and attains to 
certitude
of truth, completing thereby the system of his thought.
39.
Rejecting, as this age has done, the soul and her intuition, man excludes 
from
the system of his humanity the very idea of the woman, and renounces his 
proper
manhood. An Esau, he sells, and for a mess of pottage, his birthright, 
the
faculty of intellectual comprehension. Cut off by his own act from the 
intuition
of spirit, he takes Matter for Substance; and sharing the limitations 
of
Matter, loses the capacity for knowledge. Calling the creature thus 
self-mutilated,
Man, the age declares by the unanimous voice of its exponents, 
that
Man has no instrument of knowledge, and can know nothing with certainty, 
excepting
– for it is not consistent even in this – that he can know nothing. Of 
this
the age is quite sure, and accordingly – complacent in its discovery – 
styles
itself Agnostic. And, as if expressly to demonstrate the completeness of 
its
deprivation in respect to all that goes to the making of Man, it has 
recourse
to devices the most nefarious and inhuman on the pretext of thereby 
obtaining
knowledge.
40.
Whereas, had but the soul received the recognition and honour her due, no 
pretext
had remained for the abominations of a science become wholly 
materialistic.
For, as the substance and framer of all things, she necessarily 
is
competent for the interpretation of all things. All that she requires of man, 
is
that she be duly tended and heeded. No summit then will be too lofty of 
goodness
or truth, for man to reach by her aid. For, recognized in her plenitude 
she
reveals herself in her plenitude; and her fullness is the fullness of God.
PART
V
41.
The wise of old, who, exalting the Woman in themselves, attained to full 
intuition
of God, failed not to make recognition of Her in the symbols whereby 
they
denoted Deity. Hence the significance of the combination, universal from 
the
first, of the symbols I, O, the unit and the cipher, in the names 
designative
of Deity. For, as the Line of force, and the Circle of comprehension 
and
multiplication, these two represent at once Energy and Space, Will and Love, 
Life
and Substance, Father and Mother. And though two, they are one, inasmuch as 
the
circle is but the line turning round and following upon itself, instead of 
continuing
into the abyss to expend its force in vain. Thus Love is 
self-completion
by the union of corresponding opposites in the same substance, 
and
Sex has its origin in the very nature of Deity. The principle of duality is 
for
the Kabbalists – the heirs and interpreters of Hebrew transcendentalism – 
the
true God of Hosts. Hence the universal use of its emblems religious worship, 
wherein
nations gave the preference to the one or to the other, according to 
their
own characteristics. 
42.
While these symbols conjoined find expression in terms Jehovah or Yahveh, 
Jove,
Jao, and numerous similar appellations of Deity, the names Zeus, Dyaus, 
Theos,
and Deus represent but the forceful and masculine element in the feminine 
azure
sphere of the sky, the electric flash from the bosom of the heavens. That 
name
of Deity which, occurring in the Old Testament, is translated the Almighty, 
namely,
El Shaddai, signifies the Breasted God, and is used when the mode of the 
Divine
nature implied, is of a feminine character. The arbitrary and harsh 
aspect
under which Jehovah is chiefly presented in the Hebrew Scriptures, is due 
not
to any lack of the feminine element either in His name or in His nature, or 
to
any failure on the part of the inspired leaders of Israel to recognize this 
quality;
but to the rudimentary condition of the people at large, and their 
consequent
amenability to a delineation of the sterner side only of the Divine 
character.
It is according to the Divine order that this, the masculine element 
of
existence, should be the first to find exercise. In the initiation of any 
system,
the centrifugal, or repellant mode of force must precede the centripetal 
or
attractive mode; since only when the former has accomplished its part, is 
there
opportunity for the exercise of the latter. True, the Love Who prompts to 
creation
is present from the beginning; but She reserves the manifestation of 
Herself
until the subject of Her creative impulsion is able to bear its part in 
the
recognition of Her. First Will, therefore, then Love; first Projection, then 
Recall;
first Expansion, then Contraction; first Centrifugal, then Centripetal; 
first
Motor, then Sensory; first Intellectual, then Intuitional; first Sensible, 
then
Spiritual; in short, first Man and then Woman, – such invariably is the 
order
by which the Universal Heart of existence manifests its essential dualism 
of
nature and operation. And in the sequence set forth in the Bible – the 
sequence,
of Law and Gospel, of Old Testament and New – the same rule prevails. 
To
the masculine function is accorded precedence in point of time; to the 
feminine,
in point of dignity. And it is thus that the manifestation of the 
Divine
will and power in Creation is followed by the manifestation of the Divine 
love
and wisdom in Redemption, and that the agent of this last is always the 
“woman.”
She it is who, by Her intuition of God, bruises the head of the Serpent 
of
Matter, and Her sons they are who get the victory over him.
43.
Even where not yet recognized by men in general, there were always some by 
whom
the true character of Deity in this respect could be discerned. And to 
these
are due all those utterances in which the mystical Scriptures express the 
justice,
mercy, long-suffering, and other qualities of the Divine nature, which, 
in
being moral and of the soul, are feminine, and when manifested of the Spirit 
as
persons, take form, not as “Gods”, but “Goddesses.” They to whom this truth 
was
known were prophets: and they spoke, not of that which appertains to any one 
period,
but of that which is eternal, though finding expression more or less 
palpable
at various periods. And that thereby they knew so much, was not the 
outer
sense and reason, but the inner perception and recollection – the 
knowledge,
that is, which the soul of the individual has of her own larger self, 
the
Soul of the Universal. For only Soul can read Soul. And only he is a prophet 
who
has acquired the knowledge of his own soul. And that which above all else 
the
Soul tells him, is that God is, first and foremost, Love; and that, inasmuch 
as
God is the Substance of humanity, whatever subsists in the Divine nature 
must,
in due course, first in the individual and next in the race, find full 
expression
and recognition.
44.
If it be asked whether God can indeed find such expression in man, and, if 
so,
how so great a marvel comes about, we reply that it is precisely the purpose 
of
these lectures to afford demonstration on both points. For the object of the 
system
under exposition is this, and no more, no less. For that object is – as 
was
the object of all sacred mysteries, whether of our Bible or other – to 
enable
man anew so to develop the Soul, or Essential Woman, within him, as to 
become,
through Her, a perfect reflection of the universal Soul, and made, 
therefore,
in what, mystically, is called the image of God.
45.
An illustration will conduce to the comprehension of this. We are, let us 
suppose,
in a meadow covered with grass and flowers. It is early morning, and 
everything
is bespangled with dew. And in each dewdrop is everything reflected 
from
the sun itself down to the minutest object. All reflect God. All is in 
every
drew-drop. And God is in each individual according to his capacity for 
reflecting
God. Each in his degree reflects God’s image. And the capacity of 
each,
and the degree of each, depend upon the development and purity of his 
soul.
The soul that fully reflects the sun, becomes itself a sun, the brightness 
of
the Divine glory and the express image of the Divine persons.
46.
Such, in all mystical Scriptures, has ever been the mode in which perfected 
souls
have been regarded. For, in being the redeeming element in man, that 
whereby
he escapes from the dominion of spiritual darkness and death, – from the 
limitations,
that is, of an existence merely material,– the soul is as a 
spiritual
sun, corresponding in all things with the solar orb. Wherefore all 
they
who, by virtue of their constituting for men a full manifestation of the 
powers
of the soul, have been to them as a redeeming sun, – have been designated 
Sun
gods., and invested with careers corresponding to the apparent annual course 
of
the sun. Between the phenomena of this course and the actual history of the 
perfected
soul is an exact correspondence requiring for its recognition but due 
knowledge
of both. And it is because the soul’s history is one, and this a 
history
corresponding with the sun’s, that all those who have earned of their 
fellows
the supreme title of Saviour of men, have been invested with it, and 
represented
as having exhibited the same phenomena in their own lives. Thus the 
history
ascribed alike to Osiris, Zoroaster, Krishna, Mithras, Pythagoras, 
Buddha,
and Jesus, has not, as sciolists vainly imagine, been plagiarized in one 
case
from another, or borrowed from some common source in itself unreal; but it 
has
been lived, spiritually, by the men themselves indicated by those names. 
And,
being the history of the soul of the Man Regenerate, it corresponds to that 
of
the sun, – the vitalizing center of the physical system, – and has 
accordingly
been described in terms derived from the solar phenomena as 
indicated
in the zodiacal planisphere. Thus the soul’s history is written in the 
stars;
and the heavens are her chroniclers, and tell the glory at once of her 
and
of God. A Bible is always a hieroglyph of the soul. And the Zodiac is simply 
the
first and most stupendous of Bibles, – a Bible which, like all other Bibles, 
was
written by men who, attaining to the knowledge of their own souls, to that 
of
all souls, and of God, Who is the Life and Substance of souls.
47.
And these were men who followed steadfastly that Perfect Way, which is in 
the
power of each, according to his degree, to follow, until, by the development 
of
their own natural potentialities, they attained to that which, mystically, is 
called
the Finding of Christ. And this is the perfection which, in that it is 
God,
is its own exceeding great reward. For the “gift of God is eternal life.” 
As
God is One, so is the Soul one; and these are One also both in nature and 
method.
All that is in God as universal subsists also in God as individual. 
Wherefore
God is nothing that man is not. And what man is, that God is likewise. 
God
withholds nothing of God from man. For “God is love,” and “love hath nothing 
of
her own.”
48.
This is the doctrine of the Soul, mystically called the Woman. It is a 
doctrine
which, by showing men that of which they are made, and therefore that 
which
they have it in them to be, makes them, when they receive it, heartily 
ashamed
of being what, for the most part, they are. (See Appendices, No. I, Part 
I.)
l-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
LECTURE THE THIRD
THE
VARIOUS ORDERS OF SPIRITS; AND HOW TO DISCERN THEM.
PART
I
01.
WE have spoken of the Soul and of Spirit. We come now to speak of Spirits; 
for
the understanding of these also is necessary to a true doctrine concerning 
Existence.
But though speaking especially of Spirits, it will be necessary to 
refer
also to Souls; for though Spirits, properly so called, have not souls, 
Souls
have spirits. In either case, however, we shall treat mainly of the 
Unembodied,
or the Disembodied. And as the region or sphere which is immediately 
contiguous
to the Material, and which we ourselves enter upon quitting the 
Material,
is the Astral, it is this and its occupants, which will first engage 
our
attention.
02.
To understand fully the place and value of this sphere, it is necessary to 
have
in the mind a clear conception of the places and values of all the spheres 
which
are comprised in and which constitute that manifestation of Being which is 
termed
Existence. To this end we will commence with the following succinct 
recapitulation
.The Spirit and Soul, which are original life and substance, are 
Divine
and uncreated. The astral and material bodies are the “created” that is, 
the
manifested – part. The astral – which is called also the sideral, the odic, 
the
magnetic, the fiery – is fluidic, and constitutes the bond between the soul 
and
the material body. It is the original body being that which makes and that 
which
becomes. The original, permanent individual consists of soul and spirit; 
and
when manifested it is by means of the astral or fluidic body, of which the 
material
or fixed body is the outer manifestation – the manifestation, as it is 
called,
in ultimates.
03.
Every creation, or complete manifested entity, whether it be macrocosmic or 
microcosmic,
is a compound of two dualisms, which are respectively celestial and 
terrestrial,
or spiritual and material. The celestial, or kingdom of heaven, 
which
consists of soul and spirit, is within. And the terrestrial, or kingdom of 
this
world, which consists of astral body – the seat of the anima bruta – and of 
phenomenal
body, is without. Of these two dualisms, each is to the other the 
Beyond.
And between them, saving only where one and the same Divine Will – the 
will
which has its seat in, and which is, the Spirit – pervades the whole being, 
is
antagonism. They are respectively the spiritual man and the natural man. But 
in
the suffusion of the entire personality thus constituted, by one and the same 
Divine
Will, consists what mystically is termed the At-one-ment, or 
reconciliation
between man and God, but which is commonly called the Atonement.
04.
As the whole is, thus, fourfold, so with the exception of the spirit, are 
the
parts. The external, material body, whether of planet or of man, is fourfold 
in
that it is gaseous, mineral, vegetable, animal. The astral body, or perisoul, 
is
fourfold, being magnetic, purgatorial, limbic, cherubic, – terms presently to 
be
explained. The soul is fourfold, namely, elemental, instinctive, vital, 
rational.
And the spirit is threefold, or triune, because there is no external 
to
spirit. Being threefold, it is the Essence, the Father, the Word; and is 
desirous,
willing, obedient. And being God, it is one, because God is one. And 
thus
the magical number, mystically called the number of Perfection and of the 
Woman,
the number Thirteen, derives its sanctity from the constitution of the 
perfected
individual.
05.
The astral sphere, zone, or circulus, – variously called the perisoul, the 
magnetic,
sideral, and odic fluid or body, – is the same with the “wheel” of 
Ezekiel,
of which the four living creatures are the four elemental spirits. It 
contains
four orders of entities, which are represented by four magnetic circuli 
or
wheels encircling the earth, and full of lives. The highest and uppermost of 
these
circuli is that of the elemental spirits or “winged creatures”; the second 
is
that of the souls; the third is that of the shades; and the fourth and lowest 
is
that of the magnetic spirits commonly called astrals.
06.
These circuli correspond to Air, Water, Earth, and Fire, beginning at the 
outer
and uppermost and going inwards and downwards. The magnetic emanations, or 
astrals,
are under the dominion of the Fire. They are not souls, or divine 
personalities;
they are simply emanations or phantasms, and have no real being.
07.
Every event or circumstance which has taken place upon the planet, has an 
astral
counterpart or picture in the magnetic light; so that, as already said 
there
are actually ghosts of events as well as of persons. The magnetic 
existences
of this circle are the shades, or manes, of past times, 
circumstances,
thoughts, and acts of which the planet has been the scene; and 
they
can be evoked and conjured. The appearances on such occasions are but 
shadows
left on the protoplasmic mirror. This order, then, corresponds to that 
of
Fire and is the fourth and lowest.
08.
The next circulus, the third, with its spirits, corresponds to Earth, and 
contains
the shades, Lares and Penates, of the dead. These are of many different 
kinds.
Some are mere shades, spiritual corpses, which will soon be absorbed by 
the
fourth circulus just described and become mere magnetic phantoms. Some are 
“ghosts,”
or astral souls not containing the divine particle, but representing 
merely
the “earthly minds” of the departed. These are in Limbo or the “Lower 
Eden.”
Others are really Souls, and of the celestial order, or anima divina, who 
are
in Purgatory, being bound to the astral envelope, and unable to quit it. 
They
are sometimes called “earthbound spirits,” and they often suffer horrible 
torments
in their prison; not because this circulus is itself a place of 
torment,
but because to the anima divina the body, whether material or astral, 
is
a “house of bondage” and chamber of ordeal. The strong wills, love, and 
charity
of those on earth may relieve these souls and lessen the time of their 
purgatorial
penance. Of some of them the retention is due ignorance, of others 
to
sensuality, and of others to crimes of violence, injustice, and cruelty.
09.
This sphere is also inhabited by a terrible class, that of the “devils,” 
some
of whom are of great power and malice. Of these the souls are never set 
free;
they are in what is called “Hell.” But they are not immortal. For, after a 
period
corresponding to their personal vitality and the strength of their 
rebellious
wills, they are consumed, and perish for ever. For a soul may be 
utterly
gross at last, and deprived of all spirit of the Divine order, and yet 
may
have so strong a vitality or mortal spirit of its own, that it may last 
hundreds
of years in low atmospheres. But this occurs only with souls of very 
strong
will, and generally of indomitable wickedness. The strength of their evil 
will,
and the determination to be wicked, keep them alive. But, though devils, 
they
are mortal, and must go out at last. Their end is utter darkness. They 
cease
to exist. Meanwhile they can be evoked by incantation. But the practice is 
of
the most dangerous and wicked kind; for the endeavour of these lost spirits 
is
to ruin every soul to which they have access.
10.
In the sense ordinarily understood, there is no personal Devil. That which, 
mystically,
is called the Devil, is the negation and opposite of God. And 
whereas
God is I AM, or positive Being, the Devil is NOT. He is not positive, 
not
self-subsistent, not formulate. God is all these; and the Devil, in being 
the
opposite of these, is none of them. God, as has been said, is Light, Truth, 
Order,
Harmony, Reason; and God’s works are illumination, knowledge, 
understanding,
love, and sanity. The Devil, therefore, is darkness, falsehood, 
discord,
and ignorance; and his works are confusion, folly, division, hatred, 
and
delirium. He has no individuality and no being. For he represents the 
Not-being.
Whatever God is, that the Devil is NOT. Wherever God’s kingdom is 
not,
the Devil reigns.
11.
It is the principle of Not-being which, taking personality in man, becomes 
to
him the Devil. For by divesting him of his divine qualities, actual or 
potential,
it makes him in the image of God’s opposite, that is, a devil. And of 
such
an one the end is destruction, or, as the Scriptures call it, eternal 
death.
And this of necessity from the nature of the case. For evil has not in 
itself
the element of self-perpetuation. God alone is Life, or the principle of 
eternal
generation. And, as Life, God comprises all things necessary to life, to 
its
production, that is, to its perfection, and to its perpetuation. And God is 
Spirit,
whereof the antithetical ultimate is Matter. The Devil is that which 
gives
to Matter the pre-eminence over Spirit. That is, since there is nothing 
but
God’s creation to be set in opposition to God, the Devil exalts the mere 
material
of creation in the place of God. Of such preference for Matter over 
Spirit,
for appearance over reality, for Seeming over Being, the end is the 
forfeiture
of reality, and therein, of Being. In representing, therefore, the 
contest
between good and evil, – a contest corresponding to that between light 
and
darkness, – creation represents the contest between Being and Not-being. To 
“give
place to the Devil,” is thus, in its ultimate result, to renounce Being. 
And,
as a free agent, man is able to do this. God, while giving to all the 
opportunity
and choice, compels no one to remain in Being. God accepts only 
willing
service, and there is no such thing as compulsory salvation. God – that 
is
Good, – must be loved and followed for the sake of God and Good, not through 
fear
of possible penalties, or hope of possible rewards.
12.
Now the sign, above all others, whereby to distinguish the Devil, is this: 
God
is, first and foremost, Love. The Devil, therefore, is, before all else, 
Hate.
He is to be known, then, first by the limitation, and next by the 
negation,
of Love.
13.
The Devil is not to be confounded with “Satan,” though they are sometimes 
spoken
of in Scriptures as if they were identical. The truth concerning “Satan” 
belongs
to those greater mysteries which have always been reserved from general 
cognition.
(See Appendices, No. XV.)
14.
Not withstanding that the Devil is the Nonentity above described, he is the 
most
potent, and, indeed, sole power of evil. And no one is in so great danger 
from
him, as he who does not believe in him. The whole function of the Christ is 
to
oppose, and rescue men from him. And therefore it is written, “For this cause 
is
Christ manifest, that he might destroy the works of the devil.”
15.
But, be it remembered, though there is no self-subsistent, positive evil 
being,
– such as the Devil is ordinarily presented, – but only the negation of 
God,
– which is to God what darkness is to light, and the outermost void to the 
solar
system, – there are evil spirits, the souls of bad man on their downward 
way
to final extinction. And these are wont to associate themselves with persons 
in
the flesh for whom they have affinity. And they do this partly in order to 
gratify
their own evil propensities by inciting to wickedness and mischief, and 
partly
to obtain from them the vitality necessary to prolong their own 
existence.
For, as their career approaches its end, they become so low in 
vitality
that a sentence of expulsion from the person in whom they have taken 
refuge
may involve their immediate extinction, unless they can find other 
location
– a contingency obviously contemplated in the case of the Gadarene 
demoniacs.
The ailments, physical or mental, of men are sometimes caused or 
aggravated
by extraneous malignant entities of this order. And occultists hold 
that
they even share with the elementals the power of inducing the conditions 
under
which sudden storms and other elemental disturbances occur. Evil spirits 
have
no chief, no organization or solidarity; nothing that corresponds to God. 
The
worse they are; the lower and nearer to extinction. The conditions which 
attract
them are due to men themselves, and may be result of pre natal 
misconduct.
16.
The next and second circulus of the planet, – that which corresponds to the 
Water,
– is the kingdom of the souls which are mystically described as being in 
“Brahma’s
bosom.” These are the purified who are at rest before seeking 
reincarnation.
This circulus is not confined to human souls. Therein are all 
creatures
both great and small, but without “fiery” envelope. Between these and 
the
kingdom of the earthbound souls in prison to their own astral bodies, a 
great
gulf is fixed; and they cannot pass from one to the other save on 
accomplishing
their purgation. “Thou comest not out thence until thou hast paid 
the
last mite.” The souls in the second circulus, however, though purified, are 
still
“under the elements.” For purification is not regeneration, though a 
necessary
step towards it. And not being ready for transmutation into spirit, 
they
must, sooner or later, seek fresh incarnations. They are, therefore, still 
in
the sphere of the planet. Whereas the regenerated or transmuted souls have 
passed
beyond the astral zone altogether and it contains no trace of them. This 
second
circulus was placed under the dominion of the sea-god Poseidon, because, 
first,
being protoplasmic and devoid of any limiting principle, water 
corresponds
to the substance of the Soul. Next, it is the baptismal symbol of 
purification
from materiality. And, thirdly, it is the source of life and the 
contrary
of fire. “Let Lazarus dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool my 
tongue,”
cries the soul in the prison of the “fiery” body to the soul in the 
zone
of the water.
17.
To the first and highest circulus belong the spirits of the elements, which 
pervade
all things, not only of the Macrocosmic planet, but of the Microcosm 
man.
Of these elementals, the air-spirits preside over the function of 
respiration,
and the organs which accomplish it. The water-spirits preside over 
the
humors and secretions of the body, and in particular the blood. The 
earth-spirits
have for their domain the various tissues of the body. And animal 
heat,
assimilation, and nutrition are dependent on the fire-spirits.
18.
An initiate of the highest grade, on who has power to hush the storm and 
still
the waves, can, through the same agency, heal the disorders and regenerate 
the
functions of the body. And he does this by an impulsion of will acting on 
the
magnetic atmosphere, every particle of which has a spirit capable of 
responding
to the human will.
19.
The common phrase, “Spirits of the dead,” is incorrect. There are only 
shades
of the dead souls of the dead. But these last are of two kinds, the 
earthly,
or anima bruta, and the heavenly, or anima divina. The shade, larva, or 
spectre
– which is the outer element of the ghost – is always dumb. The true 
“ghost”
consists of the exterior and earthly portion of the soul, that portion 
which,
being weighted with cares attachments and memories merely mundane, is 
detached
by the soul and remains in the astral sphere, an existence more or less 
definite
and personal, and capable of holding, through a Sensitive, converse 
with
the living. It is, however, but as a cast-off vestment of the soul, and is 
incapable
of endurance as ghost. The true soul and real person, the anima 
divina,
parts at death with all those lower affections which would have retained 
it
near its earthly haunts, and either passes on at once to higher conditions, 
attaining
its perfection by post mortem evolution, or continues its 
peregrinations
in a new body. This, the true soul, may, by Divine permission, 
and
on special occasions, communicate with the living, returning for that 
purpose
from the purgatorial world; but such an event is of the rarest and most 
solemn
kind. Reincarnation pertains only to the true soul. The astral soul, or 
fluidic
envelope, does not again become incarnate; so that they are not in error 
who
assert that a person is never twice incarnate. That which transmigrates is 
the
essential germ of the individual, the seat of all his divine potencies. In 
some
this exists as a mere dim spark, and in others as a luminous sun.
20.
Metempsychosis, in its strict sense, consists in the overshadowing of a soul 
already
incarnate, by one which has completed its transmigrations, and become 
freed
from Matter and all planetary bonds. This divine overshadowing differs 
both
in kind and in degree from those astral visitations which are familiar to 
so
many under the names of “guides,” and “controls,” and which as will presently 
be
shown, are often not even “ghosts,” but mere astral mirages of the seer or 
the
invoker. When not of this kind, the control is either of the spirits known 
as
Elementals, or of the shades or larvæ of the recently dead, the Manes, Lares, 
and
Penates of the Latins. The river Lethe, of which the dead are said to drink 
in
order to attain oblivion of their past before returning to new earth-bodies, 
represents
the process of separation between the anima divina and anima bruta, 
whereby
the former doffs for a time the garment of its memory. Souls may, 
according
to circumstances, either become reincarnate immediately after such 
divestment
of their astral part, or their astral part, or proceed to accomplish 
their
purification in the purgatorial world. (See Appendices, No. II.)
21.
It is as penance or expiation that souls re-descend from the human into the 
animal
form. This return occurs through the forfeiture of the divine-human 
spirit,
so that the spirit itself does not incur dishonor. True, the penance 
involves
disgrace; but the disgrace is not in the penance, but in the sin 
through
which the need for the penance is incurred. The man who sullies his 
humanity
by cruelty or impurity, is already below the grade of humanity; and the 
form
which his soul assumes is the mere natural consequence of that degradation. 
Form
is the expression of qualities. These are dependent upon the condition of 
substance,
so that the soul takes necessarily its form according to its 
condition.
And this is dependent upon the will or affections of the individual. 
Wherefore
it is an error to hold “Nature” responsible for fierce and horrible 
creatures.
All that “Nature” does, is to enable creatures to take form according 
to
the image in which they have made themselves by the tendencies they have 
voluntarily
encouraged. She allows that which is interior to the individual to 
manifest
itself exteriorly. Were this not so, no character of any creature could 
be
known by its appearance. The “mark set upon Cain” has its counterpart in the 
stripe
of the tiger; and the crustacea denote selfish spirits, who are hard 
exteriorly
to all the world, and soft only interiorly to themselves. The adept 
in
Psychology can tell whether the soul of an animal is on its upward or its 
downward
path. He can discern also the animal beneath the human form, when the 
progressing
soul has not yet wholly shed the animal nature; for the exterior 
form
of humanity is reached in full while its interior reality is reached in 
part
only. Thus, for the adept there are more animals than men to be seen in the 
streets
of a city, despite the humanity of their forms. The individual is 
already
partly human before it has ceased to wear the form of a rudimentary man, 
that
is, of an animal. The matrix can bring forth only its own kind, in the 
semblance
of the generators; and as soon as the human is attained, even in the 
least
degree, the soul has power to put on body of humanity. Thus, too, the 
adept
can see the human shape in creatures under torture in the physiological 
laboratory.
He can discern the potential form of a man with limbs and lineaments 
resembling
those of his tormentors, hidden within the outward form as a child in 
its
mother’s womb, and writhing and moaning under the lacerations of the knife. 
And
he sees also the tiger and the devil rapidly developing within the still 
human
forms of the torturers, and knows certainly that to such grades they will 
descend
on quitting the human. For he knows, having learned it by the long 
experiences
of his own soul, that God, who is before all else Love, is also 
before
all else Justice, and this because God is Love; for Justice is Sympathy.
Wherefore,
by the inexorable law of Justice, he who makes existence a hell for 
others,
prepares, inevitably, a hell for himself, wherein he will be his own 
devil,
the inflictor of his own torments. His victims will, indeed, find 
compensation
at the Divine hands; but for him will be no escape, no alleviation, 
until
“he has paid the last mite.” For the pitiless, and for the pitiless alone, 
there
is no pity. Such, the adept of spiritual science knows absolutely, is the 
doom
that awaits both the tormentor himself, and, in their degree, those who by 
accepting
the results of his practice, consent to his method.
22.
That which leads to the loss of the soul, is not isolated crime, however 
heinous,
or even a repetition of this; but a continued condition of the heart, 
in
which the will of the individual is in persistent opposition to the Divine 
Will;
for this is a state in which repentance is impossible. The condition most 
favourable
to salvation, and speedy emancipation from successive incarnations, 
is
the attitude of willing obedience, – freedom and submission. The great object 
to
be attained is emancipation from the body, – the redemption, that is, of 
Spirit
from Matter.
PART
II
23.
WE will now speak particularly of that order of spirits by which, 
ordinarily,
“mediums” are “controlled;” or, more correctly, sensitives are 
influenced,
since these spirits which are called astrals, have no force, and 
cannot
exercise the least control. Born of the emanations of the body, they 
occupy
the perisoul, or fluidic astral and magnetic bond which unites the soul 
to
the body.
24.
In this fluid, which is the magnetism of the earth, – the lowest circulus of 
the
Fire, – and which may be more clearly denoted by the term latent light, – 
analogous
to latent heat, – take place those changes, currents, and 
modifications
which result and are expressed in the phenomena – of late days 
familiar
to numbers – produced by astral spirits. Through this fluidic element 
are
passed two currents, one refracted from above, and the other reflected from 
below,
– one being celestial, as coming direct from the spirit, and the other 
terrestrial,
as coming from the earth or body; and the adept must know how to 
distinguish
the ray from reflection. When a medium, or sensitive, passes into 
the
negative, and thence into the somnambulic state, the mind of such sensitive 
is
controlled by the will of the magnetizer. The will of this second person 
directs
and controls the procession and expression of the image perceived. But 
the
magnetizer, unless an adept, will not be able to discern the true origin of 
the
images evoked.
25.
Now, in this magnetic sphere are two orders of existences. Of these orders, 
one
is that – already mentioned – of the shades of the dead; the other consists 
of
reflects of the living; and the difficulty of distinguishing between these 
two
orders is, to the uninitiated, a source of error. Error of a more serious 
kind
arises through the complex character of the astral region itself, and the 
variety
of the grades of spirits by which every division is tenanted. Spirits of 
the
subhuman order, moreover, are wont under control of the wish of their 
invokers,
to personate spirits of a higher grade.
26.
It will thus be seen that the elements of deception are broadly, twofold. In 
the
first place, to enter the astral region, is not to enter the celestial; and 
the
ray reflected from below, and which bears the imprint of the body, may 
easily
be mistaken for the ray refracted from above, and which alone is pure and 
divine.
In the second place, the astral region itself contains various orders of 
spirits,
of which some only bear relation to actual souls, and the others 
consist
of phantasmal and illusory reflects. These latter, – the astral spirits 
properly
so called, – are in no cases entities, or intelligent personalities; 
but
reflections, traces, echoes, or footprints of a soul which is passing, or 
which
has passed, through the astral medium; or else they are reflections of the 
individual
himself who beholds or who evokes them, and may thus represent an 
equal
compound of both sensitive and magnetizer.
27.
Now, the atmosphere with which a man surrounds himself, – his soul’s 
respiration,
– affects the astral fluid. Reverberations of his own ideas come 
back
to him. His soul’s breath colours and savors what a sensitive conveys to 
him.
But he may also meet with contradictions, with a systematic presentation of 
doctrine
or of counsels at variance with his own personal views, through his 
mind
not being sufficiently positive to control all the manifestations of the 
electric
agent. The influence of the medium, moreover, through which the words 
come,
interposes. Or, as is often the case, a magnetic battery of thought has 
overcharged
the elements and imparted to it a certain current. Thus, new 
doctrines
are “in the air,” and spread like wildfire. One or two strongly 
positive
minds give the initiative, and the impulse flies through the whole mass 
of
latent light, correspondingly influencing all who are in relation with it.
28.
The merely magnetic spirits are like mists which rise from the damp earth of 
low-lying
lands, or vapours in high altitudes upon which if a man’s shadow falls 
he
beholds himself as a giant. For these spirits invariably flatter and magnify 
a
men to himself, telling one that he is, or shall be, a king, a Christ, or the 
wisest
and most famous of mortals; and that if he will be wholly negative, and 
give
himself up entirely to them, suppressing his own intelligence and moral 
sense,
they will enable him to realize his utmost ambition. Being born of the 
fluids
of the body, they are unspiritual and live of the body. And not only have 
they
no aspirations beyond the body, but they ignore, and even deny, the 
existence
of any sphere above their own. They speak, indeed, of God, especially 
under
the name of Jehovah, but with complete ignorance of its meaning; and they 
insist
on material renderings and applications of any doctrine of which they may 
catch
the terms. They are profuse alike of promises and of menaces, and indulge 
freely
in prophecies. But when informed of their failures they declare that even 
God
cannot surely foresee the future, but can judge only according to apparent 
probabilities.
Of contradictions in their own statements they are altogether 
unconscious;
and be these gross and palpable as they may, they remain wholly 
unabashed
by the disclosure of them. Especially are they bitter against the 
“Woman.”
For, in her intuition of Spirit, they recognize their chief enemy. And 
whenever
they attach themselves either to a man or to a woman, they make it 
their
endeavour to exalt the masculine or force element, of mind or body, at the 
expense
of the feminine element. And these, generally, are their signs. Is there 
anything
strong? they make it weak. Is there anything wise? they make it 
foolish.
Is there anything sublime? they distort and travesty it. And where 
suffered
to expatiate unchecked, they descend to blasphemy and obscenity without 
measure,
and incite to courses in turn sensuous, vicious, malicious, or cruel, 
encouraging
to gross and luxurious living, – the flesh of animals, and 
stimulants
being especially favourable to their production and nurture. They are 
the
forms beheld in delirium, and are frequent agents in producing the phenomena 
of
hysteria. They are the authors, too, of those hasty impulses by yielding to 
which
people do in a moment mischief which a lifetime cannot efface or repair. 
And,
as they live upon the vital spirits of the blood, they deplete the vital 
energy,
and are as vampires to those upon whom they fasten. They are able, 
moreover,
to carry elsewhere the knowledge they get from any one; – being the 
“powers
of the air” spoken of in Scripture, and the “bird that carries the voice 
and
tells the matter.” For the term rendered “bird” signifies a winged creature, 
and
implies an astral. Hence one of the reasons for observing secrecy concerning 
Sacred
Mysteries. For, by seeming to have knowledge of these, the astrals are 
able
to persuade and mislead people, mixing up a little truth with dangerous 
error,
and getting the error accepted on the strength of the truth, or of some 
Divine
name or phrase with which they associate it, themselves being ignorant of 
its
import. Being impersonal, they have no organon of knowledge, for this is of 
Soul,
and the astrals have no positive existence, but subsist subjectively in 
human
beings. Having no souls, they are not individuals, and have no idea of 
right
and wrong, true and false, but, like a mirror, reflect what comes before 
them,
and, in reflecting, reverse it. Catching any prominent quality in a 
person’s
mind they make the most of it by reflecting and magnifying it. Hence 
they
are not to be heeded. We must heed only the God within. Of the enormous 
ladder
within us, at the apex of which is the Absolute, these magnetic 
phantasmagoria
are at the base.
29.
Unable to grasp or conceive of anything beyond the atmosphere of their own 
circle,
the astral phantoms – unless under the influence of a strongly positive 
mind
– deny altogether the existence of the upper dualism, which, with the 
lower,
constitutes man a fourfold being. They assert, indeed, that man consists 
of
body and soul; but they mean thereby the material body and earthly mind, and 
represent
these as constituting the man. The soul and spirit, which are really 
the
man, have for them no existence; and they usually refuse, in consequence, to 
admit
the doctrine of Transmigration or Reincarnation. For, as they are aware, 
the
body and perisoul perish, and the anima bruta cannot transmigrate or become 
reincarnate
Their inability to recognize the soul and spirit, leads them to deny 
the
existence of any source of knowledge superior to themselves, and to assert 
that
they themselves are man’s true and only inspiring spirits and guardian 
angels.
And one of their favourite devices consists in building up, out of the 
magnetic
emanations of the individual, a form which they present as his own 
“counterpartal
angel” and divine spirit, from whom, say they, he was separated 
in
what – affecting Scripture phraseology – they call the Adamic period of his 
being,
and by reunion with which he attains his final perfection. In this they 
travesty
at once the doctrine of that divine marriage between soul and spirit, 
which,
occurring in the individual, constitutes his final perfection, or 
Nirvana;
and the relations of the genius, or true guardian angel, with his 
client.
For, being unintelligent, they fail to perceive that perfection is to be 
attained,
not by accretion or addition from without, but only by development or 
unfoldment
from within. Thus the process itself of regeneration, becomes 
altogether
an absurdity in their hands. And in this, as in all other matters, 
the
object of the astrals is to obtain all credit and support for their own 
order,
by substituting for the Spirit a spirit, and this one of themselves.
30.
It is to astral instigation, generally, that are due the various communities 
and
sects which have for their basis some peculiar relation between the sexes. 
That
modern form of the cultus of what is called “Free Love,” which sets forth, 
not
the human, but the female body as the temple of God, and with this couples 
the
doctrine of “counterpartal angels,” is entirely of astral contrivance. And 
so
also is the notion, far from uncommon, that by abjuring the ordinary marriage 
relation,
and devoting herself wholly to her astral associate, a woman may in 
the
most literal sense, become an immaculate mother of Christs. It is to their 
materialization
of this and other doctrines, which properly are spiritual only, 
–
and, notably, as will by and by be shown of the doctrine of Vicarious 
Atonement,
– that is due the degradation of Christianity from a spiritual to a 
materialistic,
and therein to an idolatrous religion, and its consequent 
failure,
thus far, to accomplish its intended end. But of this more on a future 
occasion.
It is sufficient to add here in this connection, that, not in doctrine 
only,
but also in practice, – as in the formation of habits of life, – astral 
influence
is always exerted in the direction of the gross, the selfish and the 
cruel.
It is always the influence under which men, whether they be conscious of 
it
or not, lower the standard of their conduct, and seek their own gratification 
at
the cost of others. Of those hideous blots upon modern life, the frequent 
sins
of violence, greed, and intemperance, the astrals are active promoters. And 
to
them is due in no small degree that extension of the doctrine of vicarious 
sacrifice
– originally their own invention – from the sacerdotal to the social 
and
scientific planes, which has made of Christendom little else than a vast 
slaughterhouse
and chamber of torture. No less than the priest of a sacrificial 
religion,
are the butcher, the sportsman, and the vivisector, ministers to the 
astral
in man. Nevertheless, though thus indictable, these spirits are not in 
themselves
evil. They do but reflect and magnify the evil which men harbour and 
encourage
in themselves.
31.
It is characteristic of the astrals, that always strenuously insist on the 
most
absolute passivity on the part of those whom they influence or address. 
This
condition of unintelligent passivity must be carefully distinguished from 
the
reasonable reflective state favourable to divine communion, and called the 
“Night-time
of the Soul.” Such is the unsubstantiality of the astrals, that the 
smallest
exercise of an adverse will throws them into confusion and deprives 
them
of the power of utterance. They shun a person in whom the flame of the 
spirit
burns up straightly and ardently; but where it spreads out and is 
diffused,
they flock round him like moths. The more negative the mind and weak 
the
will of the person, the more apt and ready he is to receive them. And the 
more
positive his mind and pronounced his will, – in the right direction, – the 
more
open he is to Divine communication. The kingdom of the Within yields, not 
to
indifference and inaction, but to enthusiasm and concentration. Wherefore it 
is
said, “To labour is to pray; to ask is to receive; to knock is to have the 
door
open.” When we think inwardly, pray intensely, and imagine centrally, then 
we
converse with God. When we allow ourselves to be inert and mechanically 
reflective,
then we are at the mercy of the astrals, and ready to accept any 
absurdity
as divine truth.
32.
The astrals, it will be useful to many to be assured, not only cannot confer 
the
Divine life, they cannot rise to be partakers of it themselves. In 
describing
them, the exigencies of language compel the use of terms implying 
personality.
But it must be clearly understood that these “spirits” are mere 
vehicles,
and are no more possessed of independent volition or motive than is 
the
electric current by which telegraphic messages are conveyed, and which, like 
them,
is a medium of thought; or than the air, which, according to 
circumstances,
transmits the germs of health or of disease. Thus, although they 
are
not intelligent personalities, they are often the media of intelligent 
ideas,
and operate as means of communication between intelligent personalities. 
Ideas,
words, sentences, whole systems of philosophy, may be borne in on the 
consciousness
by means of the currents of magnetic force, as solid bodies are 
conveyed
on a stream, though water is no intelligent agent. The minutest cell is 
an
entity, for it has the power of self-propagation, which the astral has not.
33.
Few are they, even of the highest orders of mind, who have not at times 
fallen
under astral influence, and with disastrous results. And herein we have 
the
key, not only to the anomalies of various systems, otherwise admirable, of 
philosophy
and religion, but also to those discordant utterances of the most 
pious
mystics, which have so sorely perplexed and distressed their followers. 
When
we have named a Plato, a Philo, a Paul, a Milton, and a Bœhme, as 
conspicuous
instances in point, enough will have been said to indicate the 
vastness
of the field to which the suggestion applies. Few, indeed, are they who 
can
always find the force to penetrate through the astral and dwell solely in 
the
celestial. Hence, for the true ray refracted from above, men mistake and 
substitute
the false ray reflected from below, foul with the taint of earth, and 
savouring
of the limitations of the lower nature, and, like the image in the 
glass,
exactly reversing the truth. Wherever we find a systematic depreciation 
of
woman, advocacy of bloodshed, and materialization of things spiritual, there, 
we
may be confident, does astral influence prevail. The profound Bœhme frankly 
admits
his own liability in this respect.
34.
Though inhabiting the astral region, the spirits called elemental or 
nature-spirits,
and presiding spirits or genii loci, are of very different 
orders
from those just described. Of this last class are the spirits known to 
all
early nations as haunting forests, mountains, cataracts, rivers, and all 
unfrequented
places. They are the dryads, naiads, kelpis, elves, fairies, and so 
forth.
The elementals are often mysterious, terrifying, and dangerous. They are 
the
spirits invoked by the Rosicrucians and mediaeval magicians, and also by 
some
in the present day. They respond to pentagrams and other symbols, and it is 
dangerous
even to name them at certain times and places. The most powerful of 
them
are the salamanders, or fire-spirits. The ability of the elementals to 
produce
physical phenomena, and their lack of moral sense, render them 
dangerous.
In this they differ from the celestial spirits, for to these no 
physical
demonstration is possible, as they do not come into contact with 
Matter.
35.
The marvels of the adept are performed chiefly through the agency of the 
elementals.
And it was the knowledge of and belief in them, on the part of the 
centurion
in the gospels, that elicted from Jesus his expression of surprise, “I 
have
not found such faith even in Israel.” For the centurion’s reply had 
indicated
his recognition of the fact that, just as he himself had soldiers 
under
him to do his bidding, so Jesus had spirits under him. Others than adepts 
may
be, and are, thus associated with the elementals; but only for one who, like 
an
adept, has first purified and perfected himself in mind and spirit, is the 
association
free from danger to himself or to others. Where not mastered, they 
become
masters, and exact absolute subservience, showing themselves pitiless in 
the
infliction of vengeance for disobedience to their behests.
36.
To this order and sphere belong the class called by the Hebrews cherubim. 
They
inhabit the “upper astral” immediately outside and below the celestial; and 
are
the “covering angels,” who encompass and guard the sanctuary of the 
innermost
of man’s system, the “holy of holies” of his own soul and spirit. 
Passing,
by their permission, within the sacred precincts, we enter the presence 
of
the celestials, of whom now we will speak.
PART
III
37.
BUT first, in order to comprehend the procession of Spirit, it should be 
explained
that Life may be represented by a triangle, at the apex of which is 
God.
Of this triangle the two sides are formed by two streams, the one flowing 
outwards,
the other upwards. The base may be taken to represent the material 
plane.
Thus, from God proceed the Gods, the Elohim, or divine powers, who are 
the
active agents of creation. From the Gods proceed all the hierarchy of 
heaven,
with the various orders from the highest to the lowest. And the lowest 
are
the orders of the genii, or guardian angels. These rest on the astral plane, 
but
do not enter it. The other side of the triangle is a continuation of the 
base.
And herein is the significance alike of the pyramid and of the obelisk. 
The
pyramid represents the triangle of Life, fourfold, and resting on the earth. 
The
obelisk, the summit only of which is pyramidal, represents a continuation of 
the
base, and is covered with sculptured forms of animal life. For, of this base 
of
the triangle of life, the continuation contains the lowest expressions of 
life,
the first expressions of incarnation, and of the stream which, unlike the 
first,
flows inwards and upwards. The side of the triangle represented by this 
stream,
culminates in the Christ, and empties itself into pure Spirit, which is 
God.
There are, consequently, spirits which by their natures never have been and 
never
can be incarnate; and there are others which reach their perfection 
through
incarnation. And the genii, dæmons, or guardian angels, have nothing in 
common
with the astrals, but are altogether different and superior in kind. 
Standing,
as they do, within the celestial sphere, their function is to lift man 
from
below to their own high region, which, properly, is also his.
38.
The day and night of the Microcosm, man, are its projective and reflective 
states.
In the projective state we seek actively outwards; we aspire and will 
forcibly;
we hold active communion with the God without.
39.
In the reflective state we look inwards, we commune with our own heart; we 
indraw
and concentrate ourselves secretly and interiorly. During this condition 
the
“Moon” enlightens our hidden chamber with her torch, and shows us ourselves 
in
our interior recess.
40.
Who or what, then, is this Moon? It is part of ourselves, and revolves with 
us.
It is our celestial affinity, – of whose order it is said, “Their angels do 
always
behold the face of My Father.”
41.
Every human soul has a celestial affinity, which is part of his system and a 
type
of his spiritual nature. This angelic counterpart is the bond of union 
between
the man and God; and it is in virtue of his spiritual nature that this 
angel
is attached to him. Rudimentary creatures have no celestial affinity; but 
from
the moment that the soul quickens, the cord of union is established.
42.
The Genius of a man is this satellite. Man is a planet. God, – the God of 
the
man – is its sun. And the moon of this planet is Isis, its initiator, angel 
or
genius. The genius ministers to the man, and gives him light. But the light 
he
gives is from God, and not of himself. He is not a planet but a moon; and his 
function
is to light up the dark places of his planet.
43.
It is in virtue of man’s being a planet that he has a moon. If he were not 
fourfold,
as is the planet, he could not have one. Rudimentary men are not 
fourfold.
They have not the Spirit.
44.
Every human spirit-soul has attached to him a genius, variously called, by 
Socrates,
a dæmon; by Jesus an angel; by the apostles, a ministering spirit. All 
these
are but different names for the same thing.
45.
The genius is linked to his client by a bond of soul-substance. Persistent 
ill-living
weakens this bond; and after several incarnations, – even to the 
mystical
seventy times seven, – thus ill-spent, the genius is freed, and the 
soul
definitively lost.
46.
The genius knows well only the things relating to the person to whom he 
ministers.
About other things he has opinions only. The relation of the 
ministering
spirit to his client, is very well represented by that of the 
Catholic
confessor to his penitent. He is bound to keep towards every penitent 
profound
secrecy as regards the affairs of other souls. If this were not the 
case,
there would be no order, and no secret would be safe. The genius of each 
one
knows about another person only so much as that other’s genius chooses to 
reveal.
47.
The genius is the moon to the planet man, reflecting to him the sun, or God, 
within
him. For the divine Spirit which animates and eternizes the man, is the 
God
of the man, the sun that enlightens him. And this sun it is, and not the 
outer
and planetary man, that his genius, as satellite, reflects to him. Thus 
attached
to the planet, the genius is the complement of the man; and his “sex” 
is
always the converse of the planet’s. And because he reflects, not the planet, 
but
the sun, not the man (as do the astrals), but the God, his light is always 
to
be trusted.
48.
The genius never “controls” his client, never suffers the soul to step aside 
from
the body, to allow the entrance of another spirit. The person “controlled” 
by
an astral or elementary, on the contrary, speaks not in his own person, but 
in
that of the spirit operating. And the gestures, expression, intonation, and 
pitch
of voice, change with the obsessing spirit. A person prophesying speaks 
always
in the first person, and says, either, “Thus saith the Lord,” or, “So 
says
some one else,” never losing his own personality.
49.
The genii are not fighting spirits, and cannot prevent evils. They were 
allowed
to minister to Jesus only after his exhaustion in combat with the lower 
spirits.
Only they are attacked by these, who are worth attacking. No man ever 
got
to the promised land without going through the desert. The best weapon 
against
them is prayer. Prayer means the intense direction of the will and 
desire
towards the Highest, an unchanging intent to know nothing but the 
Highest.
So long as Moses held his hands up towards heaven, the Israelites 
prevailed;
when he dropped them, then the Amalekites.
50.
Now, there are two kinds of memory, the memory of the organism and the 
memory
of the soul. The first is possessed by all creatures. The second, which 
is
obtained by Recovery, be longs to the fully regenerate man. For the Divine 
Spirit
of a man is not one with his soul until regeneration, which is the 
intimate
union constituting what, mystically, is called the “marriage” of the 
hierophant,
an event in the life of the initiate, one of the stages of which is 
set
forth in the parable of the Marriage in Cana of Galilee.
51.
When this union takes place, there is no longer need of an initiator; for 
then
the office of the genius is ended. For, as the moon, or Isis, of the planet 
man,
the genius reflects to the Soul the Divine Spirit, with which she is not 
yet
fully united. In all things is order. Wherefore, as with the planets, so 
with
the Microcosm. They who are nearest Divinity, need no moon. But so long as 
they
have night, – so long, that is, as any part of the soul remains 
unilluminated,
and her memory or perception obscure, – so long, the mirror of 
the
angel continues to reflect the sun to the soul.
52.
For the memory of the soul is recovered by a threefold operation – that of 
the
soul herself, of the moon, and of the sun. The genius is not an informing 
spirit.
He can tell nothing to the soul. All that she receives is already hers. 
But
in the darkness of the night, it would remain undiscovered, but for the 
torch
of the angel who enlightens. “Yea,” says the angel genius to his client, 
“I
illuminate thee, but I instruct thee not. I warn thee, but I fight not. I 
attend,
but I lead not. Thy treasure is within thyself. My light showeth where 
it
lieth.” (Respecting the complete, final recovery of memory, see Appendice. 
No.II.)
53.
When regeneration is fully attained, the divine Spirit alone instructs the 
hierophant.
“For the gates of his city shall never be shut; there shall be no 
night
there, the night shall be no more. And they shall not need the light of 
the
lamp, because the Lord God shall enlighten them.” The prophet is a man 
illumined
by his angel. The Christ is a man married to his Spirit. And he 
returns
out of pure love to redeem, needing no more to return to the flesh for 
his
own sake. Wherefore he baptizes with the holy Ghost, and with the Divine 
Fire
itself. He is always “in heaven.” And in that he ascends, it is because the 
Spirit
uplifts him, even the Spirit who descends upon him. “And in that he 
descends,
it is because he has first ascended beyond all spheres into the 
highest
Presence. For he that ascends, ascends because he also descended first 
into
the lower parts of the earth. He that descended is the same also who 
ascended
above all the heavens, to fill all things.” Such an one returns, 
therefore,
from a higher world; he belongs no more to the domain of Earth. But 
he
comes from the sun itself, or from some nearer sphere to the sun than ours; 
having
passed from the lowest upwards.
54.
And what, it will be asked, of the genius himself? Is he sorry when his 
client
attains Perfection, and needs him no more?
“He
that hath the bride is the bridegroom. And he that standeth by rejoiceth 
greatly
because of the bridegroom’s voice.” The genius, therefore, returns to 
his
source, for his mission is ended, and his Sabbath is come. He is one with 
the
Twain.
55.
The genius, then, remains with his client so long as the man is fourfold. A 
beast
has no genius. A Christ has none. For first, all is latent light. That is 
one.
And this one becomes two, that is, body and astral body. And these two 
become
three; that is, a rational soul is born in the midst of the astral body. 
This
rational soul is the person; itself dual, in virtue of its earthly and its 
divine
parts. And from that moment this personality is an individual existence, 
as
a plant or as an animal. These three become four; that is, human. And the 
fourth
is the Nous, not yet one with the soul, but overshadowing it, and 
transmitting
light as it were through a glass, that is, through the initiator. 
But
when the four become three, – that is, when the “marriage” takes place, and 
the
soul and the spirit are indissolubly united, – there is no longer need 
either
of migration or of genius. For the Nous has become one with the soul, and 
the
cord of union is dissolved. And yet again, the three become twain at the 
dissolution
of the body; and again, the twain become one, that is, the 
Christ-spirit-soul.
The Divine Spirit and the genius, therefore, are not to be 
regarded
as diverse, nor yet as identical. The genius is flame, and is 
celestial,
that is, he is Spirit, and one in nature with the Divine; for his 
light
is the Divine Light. He is as a glass, as a cord, as a bond between the 
soul
and her divine part. He is the clear atmosphere through which the divine 
ray
passes, making a path for it in the astral medium.
56.
In the celestial plane, all things are personal. And therefore the bond 
between
the soul and spirit is a person. But when a man is what is mystically 
called
“born again,” he no longer needs the bond which unites him to his Divine 
Source.
The genius, or flame, therefore, returns to that Source; and this being 
itself
united to the soul, the genius also becomes one with the Twain. For the 
genius
is the Divine Light in the sense that he is but a divided tongue of it, 
having
no isolating vehicle. But the tincture of this flame differs according to 
the
celestial atmosphere of the particular soul. The Divine Light, indeed, is 
white,
being Seven in One. But the genius is the flame of a single colour only. 
And
this colour he takes from the soul, and by that ray transmits to her the 
light
of the Nous, her Divine Spouse. The angel-genii are of all the tinctures 
of
all the colours
57.
While in the celestial plane all things are persons, in the astral plane 
they
are reflects, or at most impersonal. The genius is a person because he is a 
celestial,
and of soul-spirit, or substantial nature. But the astrals are of 
fluidic
nature, having no personal part. In the celestial plane, spirit and 
substance
are one, dual in unity; and thus are all celestials constituted. But 
in
the astral plane they have no individual, and no divine part. They are 
protoplasmic
only, without either nucleus or nucleolus.
58.
The voice of the angel-genius is the voice of God; for God speaks through 
him
as a man through the horn of a trumpet. He may not be adored; for he is the 
instrument
of God, and man’s minister. But he must be obeyed; for he has no 
voice
of his own, but shows the will of the Spirit.
59.
They, therefore, who desire the Highest, will not seek to “controls;” but 
will
keep their temple – which is their body – for the Lord God of Hosts; and 
will
turn out of it the moneychangers and the dove-sellers and the dealers in 
curious
arts, yea, with a scourge of cords, if need be.
60.
Of the superior orders in the celestial hierarchy – of those, that is, who, 
being
Gods and Archangels, are to the Supreme Spirit as the seven rays of the 
prism
are to light, and the seven notes of the scale are to sound – the 
knowledge
appertains to the Greater Mysteries, and is reserved for those who 
have
fulfilled the conditions requisite for initiation therein. (See Appendices, 
No.
III. Part 1.) Of those conditions the first is the complete renunciation of 
a
diet of flesh, the reason being fourfold, – spiritual, moral, intellectual and 
physical,
– according to the fourfold constitution of man. This is imperative. 
Man
cannot receive, the Gods will not impart the mysteries of the Kingdom of 
Heaven
on other terms. The conditions are God’s; the will is with man.
l-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
LECTURE THE FOURTH.
THE
ATONEMENT.
PART
I
1.
WE have chosen to speak thus early in our series of the doctrine of the 
Atonement,
because it is that around which all religious teaching, ancient and 
modern,
pure and corrupt, is alike grouped, and in which it all centres. 
Constituting
thus the pivot and point of radiation of Religion itself, this 
doctrine,
expounded in its pure and ancient sense, is at once the glory of the 
saint
and the hope of the fallen; expounded in its modern and corrupt sense, it 
is
to the latter a license, and to the former a shame and perplexity.
2.
As will by-and-by be fully shown, sacred Mysteries are, like all things 
cosmic,
fourfold, in that they contain, like the whorls of a flower, or the 
elements
of an organic cell, four mutually related and yet distinct Modes and 
Ideas.
And these four are – from without inwards – the Physical, the 
Intellectual,
the Ethical, and the Spiritual. We propose in this lecture to 
explain
the doctrine of the Atonement from each of these points of view, in 
order
to do which with clearness and without fear of misapprehension, we shall 
first
expose the common errors in regard to it.
3.
The popular and corrupt view of the doctrine of the Atonement presents us 
with
one of the most salient examples extant of that materialism in things 
religious,
which constitutes Idolatry. To commit the sin of Idolatry is to 
materialize
Spiritual Truth, by concealing under gross images the real 
substantial
Ideas implied, and setting up the images for worship in place of the 
celestial
verities. Now, the current doctrine of Christ’s Atonement starts with 
the
irrational, and therefore false, hypothesis, that between physical blood and 
moral
guilt there is a direct and congruous relation, in virtue of which the 
opening
of veins and laceration of muscular tissue constitute a medium of 
exchange
by which may be ransomed an indefinite number of otherwise forfeited 
souls.
4.
In opposition to this and other kindred conceptions, it is necessary to 
insist
on the principle which, being, so to speak, the cornerstone and center of 
gravitation
of Religion, was in our Introductory Lecture prominently placed 
before
the reader, – the principle that sacred Mysteries relate only to the 
Soul,
and have no concern with phenomena or any physical appearances or 
transactions.
The keynote of Religion is sounded in the words, “My kingdom is 
not
of this world.” All her mysteries, all her oracles, are conceived in this 
spirit,
and similarly are all sacred scriptures to be interpreted. For anything 
in
Religion to be true and strong, it must be true and strong for the Soul. The 
Soul
is the true and only person concerned; and any relation which Religion may 
have
to the body or phenomena man, is indirect, and by, correspondence only. It 
is
for the Soul that the Divine Word is written; and it is her nature, her 
history,
her functions, her conflicts, her redemption, which are ever the theme 
of
sacred narrative, prophecy, and doctrine.
5.
But a priesthood fallen from the apprehension of spiritual things, and only 
competent,
therefore, to discern the things of sense – a priesthood become, in a 
word,
idolatrous, – is necessarily incapable of attaining to the level of the 
original
framers of the Mysteries appertaining to the Soul; and therefore it is 
that
invariably in the hands of, such priesthood, the Soul has been ignored in 
favour
of the body, and a signification grossly materialistic substituted for 
that
which had been addressed only to the spiritual man.
6.
To the thoughtful mind there is nothing more perplexing than the doctrine and 
practice
of bloody sacrifice, commonly believed to be inculcated in that portion 
of
the Hebrew scriptures which is known as the Pentateuch. And the perplexity is 
increased
by a comparison of this with the prophetical books in which occur such 
utterances
as the following:
“Sacrifice
and oblation Thou dost not desire: but Thou hast opened ears for me.
“Burnt-offering
and sin-offering Thou wouldest not; but that I should come to do 
Thy
Will.
“The
sacrifices of God are a broken spirit, a lowly and contrite heart, O God.”
And,
yet more emphatically and indignantly, the prophet Isaias:
“Hear
the word of the Lord, ye rulers of Sodom, give ear to the law of our God, 
ye
people of Gomorrah.
“To
what purpose do you offer me the multitude of your victims? saith the Lord. 
I
desire not holocausts of rams and fatlings, the blood of calves, and sheep, 
and
goats.
“When
you come to appear before Me, who hath required these things at your 
hands?
“Offer
sacrifice no more, your new moons and festivals I cannot abide; your 
assemblies
are wicked.
“My
soul hateth your solemnities, when you stretch forth your hands I turn away 
Mine
eyes, for your hands are full of blood.”
And
again Jeremias;
“I,
the Lord, spake not to your fathers, and I commanded them not in the day 
that
I brought them out of the land of Egypt, concerning the matter of 
burnt-offerings
and sacrifices.
“But
this one thing I commanded them, saying, Hearken to My voice, and walk in 
My
way.
“But
they have set their abominations in the house that is called by My Name, to 
pollute
it.”
7.
In the presence of these truly Divine words, what must be our verdict upon 
certain
contrary declarations and prescriptions in the Pentateuch? We must say, 
as
indeed all sound criticism and inference based on careful examination of 
internal
evidence justify us in saying, that the greater part of the Five Books, 
and
especially the chapters prescriptive of ritual and oblations, are of far 
later
date than that usually assigned to them, and are not in any sense the work 
of
the inspired Moses, or of his initiates and immediate successors, but of a 
corrupted
priesthood, in the age of the kings, – a priesthood greedy of gifts, 
tithes,
and perquisites; ever replacing the spirit by the letter, and the idea 
by
the symbol; ignorant of the nature of Man, and therefore ever trampling under 
foot
his true and better self, the Soul, whose type is Woman; “taking away the 
key
of knowledge, entering not themselves into the Kingdom, and hindering those 
who
would have entered.” But for these bloody and idolatrous sacrifices, there 
would
have been neither occupation nor maintenance for the numerous 
ecclesiastics
who subsisted by means of them; and but for the false and corrupt 
conception
of a God whose just anger was capable of being appeased by slaughter, 
–
and this of the innocent, – and whose favour could be bought by material 
gifts,
the whole colossal scheme of ceremonial rites and incantations which gave 
the
priesthood power and dominion over the people, would never have found place 
in
a system originally addressed wholly to the needs of the Soul. (See 
Appendices,
No. I., Part II.)
Thus,
even with the Old Testament alone as evidence, our verdict must be given 
to
the Prophet as against the Priest, seeing that while the former, as the true 
Man
of God directed his appeal to the soul, the latter as the minister of sense, 
cared
only to exalt his own Order, no matter at what cost to the principles of 
religion.
8.
Turning to the New Testament, a significant fact confronts us. It is that 
Jesus
appears never to have sanctioned by his presence any of the Temple 
services;
an abstention which cannot but be regarded as a tacit protest against 
the
sacrificial rites then in vogue. Nor in all the utterances ascribed to him 
is
there any reference to these rites even in connection with the common belief 
that
they were designed as types of the death supposed to be ordained for the 
Messiah
in his character of Redeemer and Victim.
9.
And truly, it is inconceivable that if the special object and end of his 
incarnation
had been, as is currently held, to be immolated on the Cross, a 
spotless
sin-offering for men, in propitiation of the wrath of God against the 
guilty,
no word implying a doctrine so essential and tremendous should have been 
uttered
by the Divine Victim himself, or that it should have been left to the 
commentators
of a century later notably to men who were never the immediate 
disciples
of Jesus, – Paul and Apollos, – to formulate and expound it. Nor can 
we
regard as other than fatuous the conduct of a priesthood, which, while 
throwing
upon the Cross of Calvary the burdens of the salvation of the whole 
world
in all ages, and teaching mankind that to the innocent sacrifice thereon 
offered
is alone due their rescue from eternal damnation, yet sees fit to 
execrate
and brand with infamy the very men who procured the consummation of 
that
sacrifice, – and to whom, therefore, next to Jesus himself, the world is 
indebted
for ransom from hell, and for the opening of the gates of heaven, – 
Caiaphas
Pontius Pilate, and – most important of all – Judas the traitor!
10.
The truth is, that far from depicting Priest and Prophet as co-operating for 
the
welfare of man, the sacred scriptures exhibit them in constant conflict; – 
the
Priest, as the minister of Sense, perpetually undoing the work performed by 
the
Prophet as the minister of the Intuition. And so it is seen that when, at 
length,
the greatest of all the prophetical race appears, the priesthood does 
not
fail to compass his death also, and subsequently to exalt the crime into a 
sacrifice,
and that of such a nature as to render it the apotheosis of the whole 
sacerdotal
system, and to advance the sacerdotal order to the position which, 
throughout
Christendom, it has ever since maintained.
PART
II
11.
AT this point another aspect of our subject claims attention. It relates, 
not
to any particular sacrifice, but to the whole question of the origin and 
nature
of bloody sacrifices generally. And it involves reference to influences 
and
motives yet darker and more potent than any mere human desire of gain or 
power,
in exposing which, it will be necessary to speak of occult subjects, 
unfamiliar,
save to those, who, being acquainted with the science of magic, 
understand
at least something of the nature and conditions of “spiritual” 
apparitions.
12.
The effusion of physical blood has, in all ages, been a means whereby 
magicians
have evoked astral phantoms or phantasmagoric reflects in the magnetic 
light.
These efflorescences of the lower atmosphere immediately related to the 
body,
have a direct affinity for the essential element, called by the old 
physiologists,
the “vital spirits,” of the blood, and are enabled by means of 
its
effusion to manifest themselves materially. Thus, as one recent writer says, 
“Blood
begets phantoms, and its emanations furnish certain spirits with the 
materials
requisite to fashion their temporary appearances.” (Blavatsky, Isis 
Unveiled.)
Another speaks of blood as “the first incarnation of the universal 
fluid,
materialized vital light; the arcanum of physical life.” (Eliphas Levi, 
La
Haute Magie.) The famous Paracelsus also asserts that by the fumes of blood 
one
is able to call forth any spirit desired, for by its emanations the spirit 
can
build for itself a visible body. This, he says, is Sorcery, a term always of 
ill-repute.
The hierophants of Baal made incisions all over their bodies, in 
order
to produce visible objective phantoms. There are sects in the East, 
especially
in Persia, whose devotees celebrate religious orgies in which, 
whirling
frantically round in a ring, they wound themselves and each other with 
knives,
until their garments and the ground are soaked with blood. Before the 
end
of the orgy, every man has evoked a spectral companion which whirls round 
with
him, and which may sometimes be distinguished from the devotee by having 
hair
on its head, the devotees being closely shorn. The Yakuts of Eastern 
Siberia
still maintain the practice of the once famed witches of Thessaly, 
offering
nocturnal sacrifices and evoking evil spectres to work mischief for 
them.
Without the fumes of blood these beings could not become visible; and were 
they
deprived of it, they would, the Yakuts believe, suck it, from the veins of 
the
living. It is further held by these people that good spirits do not thus 
manifest
themselves to view, but merely make their presence felt, and require no 
preparatory
ceremonial. The Yezidis, inhabiting Armenia, and Syria, hold 
intercourse
with certain aerial spirits which they call Jakshas, – probably mere 
astral
phantoms, – and evoke them by means of whirling dances, accompanied, as 
in
the case of the sect already mentioned, by self-inflicted wounds. Among the 
manifestations
thus obtained is the apparition of enormous globes of fire, which 
gradually
assume grotesque and uncouth animal forms. (Lady Hester Stanhope.)
13.
Reverting to earlier times, we find in the writings of Epiphanius, a passage 
concerning
the death of Zacharias, which bears directly on the Levitical 
practice
in regard to this subject. He says that Zacharias, having seen a vision 
in
the Temple, and being, through surprise, about to disclose it, was suddenly 
and
mysteriously deprived of the power of speech. He had seen at the time of 
offering
incense after the evening sacrifice, a figure in the form of an ass, 
standing
by the altar. Going out to the people, he exclaimed, – “Woe unto you! 
who
do ye worship?” and immediately “he who had appeared to him in the Temple 
struck
him with dumbness.” Afterwards, however, he recovered his speech and 
related
the vision, in consequence of which indiscretion the priests slew him. 
It
was asserted by the Gnostics that the use of the little bells attached to the 
garments
of the high-priest was enjoined by the Jewish ordinance-makers with 
special
reference to these apparitions, in order that on his entry into the 
sanctuary
at the time of sacrifice, the goblins might have warning of his 
approach
in time to avoid being caught in their natural hideous shapes.
14.
An experience of the writer’s during the summer of the present year, 
strikingly
illustrates the foregoing citations. Conducted in magnetic sleep by 
her
guardian Genius into a large hall of temple-like structure, she beheld a 
number
of persons grouped in adoration around four altars upon which were laid 
as
many slaughtered bullocks. And above the altars, in the fume of the spirits 
of
the blood arising from the slain beasts, were misty colossal figures, 
half-formed
only, from the waist upwards, and resembling the Gods. One of them 
in
particular attracted the writer’s attention. It was the head and bust of a 
woman
of enormous proportions, and wearing the insignia of Diana. And the Genius 
said:
“These are the Astral Spirits, and thus will do until the end of the 
world.”
Such
were the spurious phantom-images, which, with emaciated forms and pallid 
countenances,
presented themselves to the Emperor Julian, and, claiming to be 
the
veritable Immortals, commanded him to renew the sacrifices, for the fumes of 
which,
since the establishment of Christianity, they had been pining. And he, 
able
only to see, but not to discern, spirits, took these spectres – as so many 
still
do – for what they pretended to be, and, seeking to fulfil their behests, 
earned
for himself the title of “Apostate.” To the impulsion of spirits of this 
order
are to be ascribed those horrible human sacrifices of which in ancient 
times
Canaan was the chief scene and Molech the chief recipient. In these 
sacrifices
the Jews themselves largely indulged, the crowning example being that 
of
which the high priest Caiaphas was the prompter.
15.
But idolatry and bloody sacrifice have ever been held in abhorrence by the 
true
prophet and the true redeemer. The aspect under which these things present 
themselves
to the eyes of such men is epitomized in the divine and beautiful 
rebuke
addressed by Gautama Buddha to the priests of his day, for an exquisite 
rendering
of which the reader is referred to Mr. Edwin Arnold’s recent poem, 
“The
Light of Asia.” (p.129ss. The appearance of this remarkable book 
constitutes
a sign of the times of no small importance.) Buddha, it will be 
observed,
classed with the practice of bloody sacrifice the habit of 
flesh-eating,
and included both in his unsparing denunciation. The reason is not 
far
to seek. Man, as the Microcosm, resembles in all things the Macrocosm, and 
like
the latter, therefore, he comprises within his own system an astral plane 
or
circulus. In eating flesh, and thereby ingesting the blood principle, – flesh 
and
blood being inseparable, – he sacrifices to the astral emanations of his own 
magnetic
atmosphere, and so doing, ministers to the terrene and corruptible. 
This
is to “eat of things offered to idols,” for blood is the food of the astral 
eidola,
and the eater of blood is infested by them.
16.
It should be observed that this astral medium and its emanations are 
incapable
of originating ideas, for these are positive entities and come from 
the
celestial or spiritual “heaven.” The astral, being reflective merely, and 
unsubstantial,
receives divine ideas but to reverse and travesty them. Thus, the 
doctrine
of sacrifice and of atonement are true doctrines, and celestial origin; 
but
the sacrifice must be of the lower human self to the higher divine self, and 
of
personal extraneous affections to the love of God and of principles. But the 
astral
mind, reversing the truth, converts these aspirations into the sacrifice 
of
the higher to the lower nature, of the soul to the body, and of others to 
oneself.
Again, the truth that man is saved by the perpetual sacrifice of God’s 
own
Life and Spirit to be his life and spirit, finds a like distortion in the 
notion
that man is saved by taking the life of a God and appropriating his 
merits.
The true meaning of the word “atonement” is reconciliation, rather than 
“propitiation.”
For “Heaven” cannot be “propitiated” save by at-one-ment.
17.
As, moreover, the astral and the physical planes are intimately united, and 
both
are ephemeral and evanescent, of Time and of Matter, that which feeds and 
ministers
to the astral stimulates the physical, to its own detriment and that 
of
the inner and permanent Twain, – soul and spirit, – the true man and his 
Divine
Particle, – since these, being celestial, have neither part nor communion 
with
the merely phenomenal and phantasmal. For the astral emanations resemble 
clouds
which occupy the earthy atmosphere between us and heaven, and which, 
filmy
and incorporeal though they be, are nevertheless material, and are born of 
the
exhalations of the earth. To perpetuate and do sacrifice to these phantoms, 
is
to thicken the atmosphere, to obscure the sky, to gather fog and darkness and 
tempest
about us, as did the old storm-witches of the North.
Such
is that worship which is spoken of as the worship of the Serpent of the 
Dust;
and thus does he who ingests blood; for he makes thereby oblation to the 
infernal
gods of his own system, as does the sacrificing priest to the powers of 
the
same sphere of the Macrocosm.
18.
And this occult reason for abstaining from the ingestion of flesh, is that 
which
in all ages and under all creeds has ever powerfully and universally 
influenced
the Recluse, the Saint, and the Adept in Religion. As is well known, 
the
use of flesh was in former time, invariably abjured by the hermit-fathers, 
by
the ascetics of both East and West, and in short by all religious persons, 
male
and female, who, aspiring after complete detachment from the things of 
sense,
sought interior vision and intimate union with the Divine; and it is now 
similarly
abjured by the higher devotional orders of the Catholic Church and of 
Oriental
adepts.
Let
us say boldly, and without fear of contradiction from those who really know, 
that
the Interior Life and the clear Heaven are not attainable by men who are 
partakers
of blood; – men whose mental atmosphere is thick with the fumes of 
daily
sacrifices to idols. For so long as these shadows infest the Man, 
obscuring
the expanse of the higher and divine Ether beyond, he remains unable 
to
detach himself from the love for Matter and from the attraction of Sense, and 
can
at best but dimly discern the Light of the Spiritual Sun.
19.
Abstinence from bloody oblations on all planes, is therefore the gate of the 
Perfect
Way, the test of illumination, the touchstone and criterion of sincere 
desire
for the fullness of Beatific Vision.
The
Holy Grail, the New Wine of God’s Kingdom on which all souls must drink if 
they
would live forever and in whose cleansing tide their garments must be made 
white,
is, most assuredly not that plasmic humour of the physical body, common 
to
all grades of material life, which is known to us under the name of blood. 
But,
as this physical humour is the life of the phenomenal body, so is the blood 
of
Christ the Life of the Soul, and it is in this interior sense, which is alone 
related
to the Soul, that the word is used by those who framed the expression of 
the
Mysteries.
PART
III
20.
THIS brings us to speak of what the Atonement is, and of the sense in which 
we
are to understand it, in its fourfold interpretation.
First,
let us remind the reader, the Cross and the Crucified are symbols which 
come
down to us from pre-historic ages, and are to be found depicted on the 
ruined
monuments, temples, and sarcophagi of all nations, – Coptic, Ethiopian, 
Hindu,
Mexican, Tartar. In the rites of all these peoples, and especially in the 
ceremonials
of initiation field in the Lodges of their Mysteries, the Cross had 
a
prominent place. It was traced on the forehead of the neophyte with water or 
oil,
as now in Catholic Baptism and Confirmation; it was broidered on the sacred 
vestments,
and carried in the hand of the officiating hierophant, as may be seen 
in
all the Egyptian religious tablets. And this symbolism has been adopted by 
and
incorporated into the Christian theosophy, not, however, through a tradition 
merely
imitative, but because the Crucifixion is an essential element in the 
career
of the Christ. For, as says the Master, expounding the secret of 
Messiahship,
“Ought not the Christ to suffer these things, and so to enter into 
his
glory?” Yes, for this Cross of Christ – the spiritual Phoebus, – is made by 
the
sun’s equinoctial passage across the line of the Ecliptic, – a passage which 
points
on the one hand to the descent into Hades; and on the other to the ascent 
into
the kingdom of Zeus the Father. It is the Tree of Life; the Mystery of the 
Dual
Nature, male and female; the Symbol of. Humanity perfected, and of the 
Apotheosis
of Suffering. It is traced by “our Lord the Sun” on the plane of the 
heavens;
it is represented by the magnetic and diamagnetic forces of the earth; 
it
is seen in the ice-crystal and in the snow-flake; the human form itself is 
modeled
upon its pattern; and all nature bears throughout her manifold spheres 
the
impress of this sign, at once the prophecy and the instrument of her 
redemption.
21.
Fourfold in meaning, having four points, and making four angles, dividing 
the
circle into four equal parts, the cross portrays the perfect union, balance, 
equality,
and at-one-ment on all four planes, and in all four worlds – 
phenomenal,
intellectual, psychic, and celestial – of the Man and the Woman, the 
Spirit
and the Bride. It is supremely, transcendently, and excellently, the 
symbol
of the Divine Marriage; that is, the Sign of the Son of Man IN HEAVEN. 
For
the Divine Marriage is consummated only when the Regenerate Man enters the 
Kingdom
of the Celestial, which is within. When the Without is as the Within, 
and
the Twain are as One in Christ Jesus.
22.
Being thus the key of all the worlds, from the outer to the inner, the Cross 
presents,
as it were, four wards or significations; and according to these, the 
mystery
of the Crucifixion bears relation: 
First,
to the natural and actual sense, and typifies the Crucifixion of the Man 
of
God by the world.
Secondly,
to the intellectual and philosophical sense; and typifies the 
Crucifixion
in man of the lower nature.
Thirdly,
to the personal and sacrificial sense, and symbolizes the Passion and 
Oblation
of the Redeemer.
Fourthly,
to the celestial and creative sense, and represents the Oblation of 
God
for the Universe.
23.
First in order, from without inwards, the Crucifixion of the Man of God 
implies
that persistent attitude of scorn, distrust, and menace with which the 
Ideal
and Substantial is always met by the worldly and superficial, and to the 
malignant
expression of which ill-will the Idealist is always exposed. We have 
noted
that Isaias, rebuking the materialists for their impure and cruel rites, 
addresses
them as “rulers of Sodom and people of Gomorrah.” So likewise, the 
Seer
of the Apocalypse speaks of the two divine Witnesses as slain “in the 
streets
of the great city, which is called spiritually Sodom and Egypt, where 
also
the Lord was crucified.” This city, then, is the world, the materializing, 
the
idolatrous, the blind, the sensual, the unreal; the house of bondage, out of 
which
the sons of God are called. And the world being all these, is cruel as 
hell,
and will always crucify the Christ and the Christ-Idea. For the world, 
which
walks in a vain shadow, can have no part in the kingdom of heaven; the man 
who
seeks the Within and the Beyond is to it a dotard, a fool, an impostor, a 
blasphemer,
or a madman, and according to the sense of its verdict, it 
ridicules,
maligns, despoils, punishes, or sequesters him. And thus every great 
and
merciful deed, every noble life, every grand and holy name, is stamped with 
the
hall-mark of the Cross.
Scorn
and contumely and the cries of an angry crowd surround that altar on which 
the
Son of God makes oblation of himself; and cross after cross strews the long 
Via
Dolorosa of the narrow path that leadeth unto Life.
For
indeed the world is blind, and every redemption must be purchased by blood.
24.
Yes, by blood and tears and suffering, and that not of the body only; for 
the
Son of God, to attain that Sonship, must have first crucified in himself the 
old
Adam of the earth. This is the second meaning of the Cross; it sets forth 
that
interior process of pain which precedes regeneration; that combat with and 
victory
over the tempter, through which all the Christs alike have passed; the 
throes
of travail which usher in the New-Born. And the crucified, regenerate 
Man,
having made At-on-ment throughout his own fourfold nature, and with the 
Father
through Christ, bears about in himself the “marks” of the Lord, – the 
five
wounds of the five senses overcome, the “stigmata” of the saints. This 
crucifixion
is the death of the body; the rending of the veil of the flesh; the 
uniting
of the human will with the Divine Will; or, as it is sometimes called, 
the
Reconciliation – which is but another word for the At-one-ment. It is the 
consummation
of the prayer, “Let Thy Will be done on earth as it is in Heaven;” 
let
Thy will, O Father, be accomplished throughout the terrene and astral, even 
as
it is in the inmost adytum, that in all the microcosmic system no other will 
be
found than the Divine.
25.
This, also, is the secret of transmutation, – the changing of the water into 
wine,
of Matter into Spirit, of man into God. For this blood of Christ and of 
the
Covenant – this wine within the holy Chalice, of which all must drink who 
nevermore
would thirst – is the Divine Life, the vital, immortal principle, 
having
neither beginning nor end, the perfect, pure, and incorruptible Spirit, 
cleansing
and making white the vesture of the soul as no earthly purge can 
whiten;
the gift of God through Christ, and the heritage of the elect. To live 
the
Divine Life is to be partaker in the blood of Christ and to drink of 
Christ’s
cup. It is to know the love of Christ which “passeth understanding,” 
the
love which is Life, or God, and whose characteristic symbol is the blood-red 
ray
of the solar prism. By this: mystical blood we are saved, – this blood, 
which
is no other than the secret of the Christs, whereby man is transmuted from 
the
material to the spiritual plane, the secret of inward purification by means 
of
Love. For this “blood,” which, throughout the sacred writings is spoken of as 
the
essential principle of the “Life,” is the spiritual Blood of the spiritual 
Life,
– Life in its highest, intensest, and most excellent sense, – not the mere 
physical
life understood by materialists, – but the very substantial Being, the 
inward
Deity in man. And it is by means of this Blood of Christ only – that is 
by
means of Divine Love only – that we can “come to the Father,” and inherit the 
kingdom
of heaven. For, when it is said that “the blood of Christ cleanseth from 
all
sin,” it is signified that sin is impossible to him who is perfect in Love.
26.
But the Christ is not only the type of the sinless Man, the hierarch of the 
mysteries;
he is also the Redeemer. Now, therefore, we come to speak of the 
Vicarious
and Redemptive office of the Divine Man, of his Passion, Sacrifice, 
and
Oblation for others.
There
is a true and there is a false rendening of this Mystery of Redemption 
which
is the central mystery of the Divine Life, the gold of the target, the 
heart
of Jesus, the bond of all grace, the very core and focus and crown of 
Love.
This
third aspect of the Cross is in itself two-fold, because Wisdom and Love, 
though
one in essence are twain in application, since Love cannot give without 
receiving,
nor receive without giving. We have, therefore, in this double 
mystery
both the oblation and lifting-up of the Christ in Man, and the Passion 
and
Sacrifice for others of the Man in whom Christ is manifest. For even as 
Christ
is one in us are we one with Christ, because as Christ loves and gives 
himself
for us, we also, who are in Christ, give ourselves for others.
27.
But the notion that man requires, and can be redeemed only by a personal 
Saviour
in the flesh, extraneous to himself, is an idolatrous travesty of the 
truth.
For that whereby a man is “saved” is his own re-birth and At-one-ment in 
a
sense transcending the phenomenal. And this process is altogether interior to 
the
man, and incapable of being performed from without or by another; a process 
requiring
to be enacted anew in each individual, and impossible of fulfillment 
by
proxy in the person of another. True, the new spiritual Man thus born of 
Water
and the Spirit, or of the Pure Heart and the Divine Life; the Man making 
oblation
on the cross, overcoming Death and ascending to Heaven is named 
Christ-Jesus,
the Only Begotten, the Virgin-born, coming forth from God to seek 
and
to save the lost; but this is no other than the description of the man 
himself
after transmutation into the Divine Image. It is the picture of the 
regenerate
man, made “alive in Christ,” and “like unto him.” For the Christos or 
Anointed,
the Chrestos or Best, are but titles signifying Man Perfect; and the 
name
of Jesus, at which every knee must bow, is the ancient and ever Divine Name 
of
all the Sons of God – Iesous or Yesha, he who shall save, and Issa the 
Illuminated,
or Initiate of Isis. For this name Isis, originally Ish-Ish, was 
Egyptian
for Light-Light; that is, light doubled, the known and the knowing made 
one,
and reflecting each other. It is the expression of the apostolic utterance, 
“Face
to face, knowing as we are known, transformed into the image of His 
glory.”
Similarly our affirmatives is and yes; for in both Issue and lesous “all 
the
promises of God are Yes,” because God is the supreme Affirmative and 
Positive
of the universe, enlightening every soul with truth and life and power. 
God
is the Sun of the soul, whereof the physical sun is the hieroglyph, as the 
physical
man is of the true eternal spiritual Man.
28.
The light is positive, absolute, the sign of Being and of the everlasting 
“Yes;”
and “the children of the Light” are they who have the gnosis and eternal 
Life
thereby. But the negation of God is “Nay,” the Night, the Destroyer and the 
devil.
The name therefore of Antichrist is Denial, or Unbelief, the spirit of 
Materialism
and of Death. And the children of darkness are they who have 
quenched
in themselves the divine Love, and “know not whither they go, because 
darkness
hath blinded their eyes.” Hence the Serpent of the Dust is spoken of as 
“the
Father of Lies,” that is, of negation; for the word “lie” means nothing 
else
than “denial.” “No denial is of the truth,” says St. John, “for this is 
Antichrist,
even he that denieth. Every spirit which annulleth Jesus (or the 
divine
Yes) is not of God. By this we know the spirit of Truth, and the spirit 
of
Error.”
29.
Christ Jesus, then, is no other than the hidden and true man of the Spirit, 
the
Perfect Humanity, the Express Image of the Divine Glory. And it is possible 
to
man, by the renunciation – which mystically is the crucifixion – of his outer 
and
lower self, to rise wholly into his inner and higher self, and, becoming 
suffused
or anointed of the Spirit, to “put on Christ,” propitiate God, and 
redeem
the earthly and material.
30.
And that which they who, in the outer manifestation, are emphatically called 
Christs
– whether of Palestine, of India, of Egypt or of Persia, – have done for 
man,
is but to teach him what man is able to be in himself by bearing, each for 
himself,
that Cross of renunciation which they have borne. And inasmuch as these 
have
ministered to the salvation of the world thereby, they are truly said to be 
saviors
of souls, whose doctrine and love and example have redeemed men from 
death
and made them heirs of eternal life. The Wisdom they attained, they kept 
not
secret, but freely gave as they had freely received. And that which thus 
they
gave was their own life, and they gave it knowing that the children of 
darkness
would turn on them and rend them because of the gift. But, with the 
Christs,
Wisdom and Love are one, and the testament of Life is written in the 
blood
of the testator. Herein is the difference between the Christ and the mere 
adept
in knowledge. The Christ gives and dies in giving, because Love constrains 
him
and no fear withholds; the adept is prudent, and keeps his treasure for 
himself
alone. And as the At-on-ment accomplished in and by the Christs, is the 
result
of the unreserved adoption of the Divine Life, and of the unreserved 
giving
of the Love mystically called the Blood of Christ, those who adopt that 
Life
according to their teaching, and who aspire to be one with God, are truly 
said
to be saved by the Precious Blood of the Lamb slain from the foundation of 
the
world. For the Lamb of God is the spiritual Sun in Aries, the spring-tide 
glory
of ascending Light, the symbol of the Pure Heart and the Righteous Life, 
by
which humanity is redeemed. And this Lamb is without spot, white as snow, 
because
white is the sign of Affirmation and of the “Yes;” as black is of 
Negation
and of the devil. It is Iesous Chrestos, the Perfect Yes of God who is 
symbolized
by this white Lamb, and who, like his sign in heaven, was lifted up 
on
the Cross of Manifestation from the foundation of the world.
31.
In the holy Mysteries, dealing with the process of that second and new 
creation,
which – constituting a return from Matter to Spirit – is mystically 
called
Redemption, – every term employed refers to some process or thing 
subsisting
or occurring within the individual himself. For, as man is a 
Microcosm,
and comprises within all that is without, the processes of Creation 
by
Evolution, and of Redemption by Involution, occur in the Man as in the 
Universe,
and thereby in the Personal as in the General, in the One as in the 
Many.
With the current orthodox symbolism of man’s spiritual history, the 
Initiate,
or true Spiritualist, has no quarrel. That from which he seeks to be 
saved
is truly the Devil, who through the sin of the Adam has power over him; 
that
whereby he is saved is the precious blood of the Christ, the Only-begotten, 
whose
mother is the immaculate ever-virgin Maria. And that to which, by means of 
this
divine oblation, he attains is the Kingdom of Heaven and eternal Life. But, 
with
the current orthodox interpretation of these terms, the Initiate is 
altogether
at variance. For he knows that all these processes and names refer to 
Ideas,
which are actual and positive, not to physical transcripts, which are 
reflective
and relative only. He knows that it is within his own microcosmic 
system
he must look for the true Adam, for the real Tempter, and for the whole 
process
of the Fall, the Exile, the Incarnation, the Passion, the Crucifixion, 
the
Resurrection, the Ascension, and the coming of the Holy Spirit. And any mode 
of
interpretation which implies other than this, is not celestial but terrene, 
and
due to that intrusion of earthy elements into things divine, that conversion 
of
the inner into the outer, that “Fixing of the Volatile” or materialization of 
the
Spiritual, which constitutes idolatry.
32.
For, such of us as know and live the inner life, are saved, not by any Cross 
on
Calvary eighteen hundred years ago, not by any physical blood-shedding, not 
by
any vicarious passion of tears and scourge and spear; but by the 
Christ-Jesus,
the God with us, the Immanuel of the heart, born, working mighty 
works,
and offering oblation in our own lives, redeeming us from the world, and 
making
us sons of God and heirs of everlasting life.
33.
But, if we are thus saved by the love of Christ, it is by love also that we 
manifest
Christ to others. If we have received freely, we also give freely, 
shining
in the midst of night, that is, in the darkness of the world. For so 
long
as this darkness prevails over the earth, Love hangs on his cross; because 
the
darkness is the working of a will at variance with the Divine Will, doing 
continual
violence to the Law of Love.
34.
The wrongs of others wound the Son of God, and the stripes of others fall on 
his
flesh.
He
is smitten with the pains of all creatures, and his heart is pierced with 
their
wounds.
There
is no offence done and he suffers not, nor any wrong and he is not hurt 
thereby.
For
his heart is in the breast of every creature, and his blood in the veins of 
all
flesh.
For
to know perfectly is to love perfectly, and so to love is to be partaker in 
the
pain of the beloved.
And
inasmuch as a man loves and succors and saves even the least of God’s 
creatures,
he ministers unto the Lord.
Christ
is the perfect Lover, bearing the sorrows of all the poor and oppressed.
And
the sin and injustice and ignorance of the World are the nails in his hands, 
and
in his feet.
O
Passion of Love, that givest thyself freely, even unto death!
For
no man can do Love’s perfect work unless Love thrust him through and 
through.
But,
if he love perfectly, he shall be able to redeem; for strong Love is a Net 
which
shall draw all souls unto him.
Because
unto Love is given all power, both in heaven and on earth;
Seeing
that the will of him who loves perfectly is one with the Will of God:
And
unto God and Love, all things are possible.
35.
We come now to the last and innermost of the fourfold Mysteries of the 
Cross;
the Oblation of God in and for the Macrocosmic Universe.
The
fundamental truth embodied in this aspect of the holy symbol, is the 
doctrine
of Pantheism; God, and God only, in and through All. The celestial 
Olympus
– Mount of Oracles – is ever creating; God never ceases giving of the 
Divine
Self alike for Creation and for Redemption.
God
is in all things, whether personal or impersonal, and in God they live and 
move
and have being. And that stage of purification through which the Cosmos is 
now
passing, is God’s Crucifixion; the process of Transmutation and Redemption 
of
Spirit from Matter, of Being from Existence, of Substance from Phenomenon, 
which
is to culminate in the final At-one-nient of the ultimate Sabbath of Rest 
awaiting
God’s redeemed universe at the end of the Kalpa. In the Man Crucified, 
we
have, therefore, the type and symbol of the continual Crucifixion of God 
manifest
in the flesh, God suffering in the creature, the Invisible made 
Visible,
the Volatile Fixed, the Divine Incarnate, which manifestation, 
suffering,
and crucifixion are the causes of purification and therefore of 
Redemption.
Thus, in the spiritual Sense, the six days of creation are always 
Passion
Week, in that they represent the process of painful experience, travail, 
and
passing through, whereby the Spirit accomplishes the redemption of the Body; 
or
the return of Matter into Substance. Hence in the sacred writings, God, in 
the
person of Divine Humanity, is represented as showing the Five Mystical 
Wounds
of the Passion to the Angels, and saying: – “These are the Wounds of My 
Crucifixion,
wherewith I am wounded in the House of My Friends.” For, so long as 
pain
and sorrow and sin endure, God is wounded continually in the persons of all 
creatures,
small and great; and the temple of their body is the House wherein 
the
Divine Guest suffers.
36.
For the Bread which is broken and divided for the children of the Kingdom is 
the
Divine Substance, which with the Wine of the Spirit, constitute the holy 
Sacrament
of the Eucharist, the Communion of the Divine and the Terrene, the 
Oblation
of Deity in Creation.
37.
May this holy Body and Blood, Substance and Spirit, Divine Mother and 
Father,
inseparable Duality in Unity, given for all creatures, broken and shed, 
and
making oblation for the world, be everywhere known, adored, and venerated. 
May
we, by means of that Blood, which is the Love of God and the Spirit of Life, 
be
redeemed, indrawn, and transmuted into that Body which is Pure Substance, 
immaculate
and ever virgin, express Image of the Person of God! That we hunger 
no
more, neither thirst any more; and that neither death, nor life, nor angels, 
nor
principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor 
height,
nor depth, nor any creature, be able to separate us from the Love of 
God,
which is in Christ Jesus.
That
being made one through the At-one-ment of Christ, who only hath Immortality 
and
inhabiteth Light inaccessible;
We
also beholding the glory of God with open face; may be transformed into the 
same
Image, from glory to glory by the power of the Spirit. (See Appendices, 
Nos.
V. VIL)
l-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
LECTURE THE FIFTH.
THE
NATURE AND CONSTITUTION OF THE EGO.
PART
I
01.
EVOLUTION as revealed by the facts of physical science is inexplicable on 
the
materialistic hypothesis, as also are the facts of occult experience and 
science.
This is because, by its failure to recognize consciousness as 
subsisting
prior to organism, and inherent in substance, that hypothesis ignores 
the
condition essential to evolution.
02.
But for evolution something more even than consciousness is requisite, – 
namely,
memory. For memory is the condition of segregation; the cause and 
consequence
of individualization. Hence every molecule, both in its individual 
and
its collective capacity, is capable of memory; for every experience leaves, 
in
its degree, its impression or scar on the substance of the molecule to be 
transmitted
to its descendants. This memory of the most striking effects of past 
experience,
is the differentiating cause which, accumulated over countless 
generations,
leads up from the amæba to man. Were there no such memory, instead 
of
progress, or evolution, there would be a circle returning into and repeating 
itself:
whereas, the modifying effects of accumulated experience convert what 
would
otherwise be a circle into a spiral, whose eccentricity – though 
imperceptible
at the outset – becomes greater and more complex at every step. [ 
See
Unconscious Memory, ch. Xiii., by S. Butler. 1880.]
03.
Consciousness being inherent in substance, every molecule in the universe is 
able
to feel and to obey after its kind, – the inorganic as well as the organic, 
between
which there is no absolute distinction, as ordinarily supposed. For even 
the
stone has a moral platform, embracing a respect for and obedience to the 
laws
of gravitation and chemical affinity. Wherever there are vibration and 
motion,
there are life and memory; and there are vibration and motion at all 
times
and in all things. Herein may be seen the cause of the failure of the 
attempt
to divide the ego from the non-ego. Strictly speaking, there is one 
thing
and one action; for unconsciousness is no more a positive thing, than 
darkness.
It is the privation, more or less complete, of consciousness, as 
obscurity
is of light.
04.
We come to speak of the substantial ego, the soul or Psyche, the superior 
human
reason, the nucleus of the human system. [ Using the term Psyche in the 
higher
sense usually attached to it by the post-Homeric Greeks, and not that of 
the
animal life as by Paul.] In every living entity there are four inherent 
powers.
We are speaking now not of component parts but of forces. The first and 
lowest
mode of power is the mechanical; the second is the chemical; the third is 
the
electrical, – an order which includes the mental; and the fourth is the 
psychical.
The first three belong to the domain of physiological science; the 
last
to that of spiritual science. It is this last mode of power which belong to 
the
“Immaculate” and Essential. It is inherent in the Substantial, and is, 
therefore,
a permanent and indefeasible quantity. It is in the Arche, and is 
wherever
there is organic life. Thus is Psyche at once the “living mother” and 
“mother
of the living.” And she is from the Beginning latent and diffused in all 
matter.
She is the unmanifest, by the divine Will made manifest; the invisible, 
by
energy made visible. Wherefore every manifested entity is a Trinity, whose 
three
“persons” are, – (1) that which makes visible; (2) that which is made 
visible;
and (3) that which is visible. Such are Force, Substance, and the 
expression
or “Word” of these.
05.
Of this Energy, or Primordial Force, there are two modes, – for everything 
is
dual, – the centrifugal, or accelerating force, and the centripetal, or 
moderating
force; or which the latter, in being derivative, reflex, and 
complementary,
is as feminine to the other’s masculine. By means of the first 
mode
substances become matter. By means of the second mode substance resumes her 
first
condition. In all matter there is a tendency to revert to substance, and 
hence
to polarize Soul by means of evolution. For the instant the centrifugal 
mode
of force comes into action, that instant its derivative, the centripetal 
force,
begins also to exercise its influence. And the primordial substance has 
no
sooner assumed the condition of matter, than matter itself begins to 
differentiate,
– being actuated by its inherent force, – and by differentiation 
to
beget individualities.
06.
Then Psyche, once abstract and universal, becomes concrete and individual, 
and
through the gate of matter issues forth into new life. A minute spark in the 
globule,
she becomes – by continual accretion and centralization – a refulgent 
blaze
in the globe. As along a chain of nerve-cells the current of magnetic 
energy
flows to its central point, – being conveyed, as is a mechanical shock, 
along
a series of units, with ever-culminating impetus, – so is the psychic 
energy
throughout nature developed. Hence the necessity of centres, of 
associations,
of organisms. And thus, by the systemization of congeries of 
living
entities, that which in each is little, becomes great in the whole. The 
quality
of Psyche is ever the same; her potentiality is invariable.
07.
Our souls, then, are the agglomerate essences of the numberless 
consciousnesses
composing us. They have grown, evolving gradually from 
rudimentary
entities which were themselves evolved, by polarization, from 
gaseous
and mineral matter. And these entities combine and coalesce to form 
higher,
– because more complex, – entities, the soul of the individual 
representing
the combined forces of their manifold consciousnesses, polarized 
and
centralized into an indefeasible unity.
08.
While the material and the physical are to each other respectively the world 
of
Causes and the world of Effects, the material is, itself, the effect of the 
spiritual,
being the middle term between the spiritual and the physical. It is 
therefore
true that organism is the result of Idea, and that Mind is the cause 
of
evolution. The explanation is, that Mind is before matter in its abstract, 
though
not in its concrete condition. This is to say, that Mind, greater than, 
and
yet identical with, that which results from organism, precedes and is the 
cause
of organism.
09.
This Mind is God, as subsisting prior to and apart from creation, which is 
manifestation.
God is spirit or essential substance, and is impersonal if the 
term
person be taken in its etymological sense, but personal in the highest and 
truest
sense if the conception be of essential consciousness. For God has no 
limitations.
God is a pure and naked fire burning in infinitude, whereof a flame 
subsists
in all creatures. The Cosmos is a tree having innumerable branches, 
each
connected with and springing out of various boughs, and these again 
originating
in and nourished by one stem and root. And God is a fire burning in 
this
tree, and yet consuming it not. God is I AM. Such is the nature of infinite 
and
essential Being. And such is God before the worlds. [ Terms implying 
succession,
when used in relation to the infinite and eternal, are to be 
understood
logically, not chronologically.]
10.
What, then, is the purpose of evolution, and separation into many forms, – 
the
meaning, that is, of Life? Life is the elaboration of soul through the 
varied
transformation of matter.
Spirit
is essential and perfect in itself, having neither beginning nor end. 
Soul
is secondary and perfected, being begotten of spirit. Spirit is the first 
principle,
and is abstract. Soul is the derivative, and is therefore concrete. 
Spirit
is thus the primary Adam; and Soul is Eve, the “woman” taken out of the 
side
of the “man.”
11.
The essential principle of personality, – that which constitutes personality 
in
its highest sense, – is consciousness, is spirit; and this is God. Wherefore 
the
highest and innermost principle of every monad is God. But this primary 
principle,
– being naked essence, – could not be separated off into individuals 
unless
contained and limited by a secondary principle. This principle, – being 
derived,
– is, necessarily evolved. Spirit, therefore, is projected into the 
condition
of matter in order that soul may be evolved thereby. Soul is begotten 
in
matter by means of polarization; and spirit, of which all matter consists, 
returns
to its essential nature in soul, – this being the medium in which spirit 
is
individualized, – and from abstract becomes concrete; so that by means of 
creation
God the One becomes God the Many.
PART
II
12.
WE have spoken of an outer personality and an inner personality, and of a 
material
consciousness as differing from a spiritual consciousness. We have now 
to
speak of a spiritual energy as differing from a material energy. The energy 
whereby
the soul polarizes and accretes, is not dependent upon the undulations 
of
the ether as are material energies. The astral ether is the first state of 
matter.
And to the first state of matter corresponds the primordial force, the 
rotatory,
or centrifugal and centripetal in one. But before and within force is 
Will;
that is, Necessity, which is the will of God. It is inherent in substance, 
which
is the medium in which it operates. Such as the primordial will is in 
relation
to the primordial substance, the individual will is to the derived 
soul.
And when the current of spiritual energy, or will, is strong enough in the 
complex
organism to polarize and kindle centrally, then the individual Psyche 
conceives
Divinity within her and becomes God- conscious. In the rudimentary 
stages
of matter, this current is not strong enough or continuous enough thus to 
polarize.
13.
When Psyche has once gathered force sufficient to burn centrally, her flame 
is
not quenched by the disintegration of the physical elements. These, indeed, 
fall
asunder and desquamate many times during life; yet the consciousness and 
memory
remain the same. We have not in our physical bodies a single particle 
which
we had some few years ago, and yet our ego is the same and our thought 
continuous.
The Psyche in us, therefore, has grown up out of many elements; and 
their
interior egos are perpetuated in our interior ego, because their psychic 
force
is centralized in our individuality. And when our Psyche is disengaged 
from
the disintegrating particles of our systems, she will, – after due 
purgation,
– go forth to new affinities and the reversion of matter to substance 
will
still continue.
14.
Is it asked, – If the soul be immaculate how comes she to be attracted by 
material
affinities? The reply is, that the link between her and earth is that 
which
the Hindus call Karma, namely, the results of past conduct, and consequent 
destiny.
Immaculate though she be in her virginal essence, Psyche is not the 
“espoused
Bride” until the bond between her and the earth be severed. And this 
can
be only when every molecule of her essence is pervaded by spirit, and 
indissolubly
married therewith, as God with Arche in the Principle.
The
soul, like water, can never really be other than “immaculate,” and hence the 
peculiar
propriety of water as the mystical symbol for the soul. Being a 
chemical
combination of two gases, – hydrogen and oxygen, – themselves pure, 
water
itself also is pure and cannot be otherwise. The condition called foulness 
occurs,
not by the admission of foreign substances entering into combination 
with
it, but only by mechanical admixture with these, and the holding of them in 
suspension
in such wise that may be eliminated by distillation. Such is the 
relation
of the soul to “sin.” When regeneration, the equivalent of 
distillation,
– is accomplished, “Karma” is no longer operative.
PART
III
15.
THE law inherent in the primordial substance of matter obliges all things to 
evolve
after the same mode. The worlds in the infinite abyss of the heavens are 
in
all respects similar to the cells in vegetable or animal tissue. Their 
evolution
is similar, their distribution similar, and their mutual relations are 
similar.
For this reason we may, by the study of natural science, learn the 
truth
not only in regard to this, but in regard also to occult science; for the 
facts
of the first are as a mirror to the facts of the last.
16.
We have already said that our souls are the agglomerate essences of the 
numberless
consciousnesses composing us. Our souls are not, however, limited in 
capacity
to the sum total of those consciousnesses as they are in their separate 
state;
but represent them combined into One Life polarized to a plane 
indefinitely
higher. For the synthetical resultant thus attained is not a mere 
aggregate
of constituents; but represents a new condition of these, precisely as 
in
chemistry H2O – the symbol for water – represents a new condition of 2H+O, 
and
differs from it by a reformulation of state. After such a reformulation, the 
sum
of the activities of the molecules of the resulting product is different 
from
that previously possessed by its factors. In such sense is to be understood 
the
synthesis of consciousness by means of which our individuality is 
constituted;
and, – referring this this synthetic energy to a yet higher plane, 
–
the formulation of the God-consciousness peculiar to our world.
This
idea was familiar to the ancients. They were wont to regard every heavenly 
orb
as a deity, having for his material body the visible planet; for his astral 
nature
its vegetable and animal intelligences; and for his Soul, man’s 
substantial
part, his spirit being the Nous of man, and therefore Divine. And 
as,
when speaking of the planet-God they specially meant that Nous, it was said 
with
truth that our Divine part is no other than the planet-God, – in our case 
Dionysos,
or Jehovah-Nyssi, the “God of the emerald,” or green earth, called 
also
Iacchos, the mystic Bacchos. [ See Appendices No. XII. The Earth’s place in 
the
“Seven Planets” is that of the green ray in the spectrum. Hence the emerald 
“Tablet
of Trismegistus” and signet of the Popes.]
17.
Such as all creatures composing the planet are to the planet, all the 
planets
are to universe, and such are the Gods to God (in manifestation). The 
supreme
Ego of the universe is the sum total of all the Gods; His Personality is 
their
agglomerate personality; to pray to Him is to address all the celestial 
host,
and, by inclusion, the souls of all just men. But as in man, the central 
unity
of consciousness constituted of the association of all the consciousness 
of
his system, is more than the sum total of these, inasmuch as it is on a 
higher
level; – so in the planet and the universe. The soul of the planet is 
more
than the associated essences of the souls composing it. The consciousness 
of
the system is more than that of associated world-consciousnesses. The 
consciousness
of the manifest universe is more than that of the corporate 
systems;
and that of the Unmanifest Deity is greater than that of them all. For 
the
Manifest does not exhaust the Unmanifest; but “the Father is greater than 
the
Son.” [ See Appendices, No. X., I.]
18.
And here it is necessary that this distinction between the manifest and 
unmanifest
God be insisted on and defined. “No man,” it is declared, “hath seen 
the
Father at any time,” because the Father is Deity unmanifest. And again, “He 
that
hath seen the Son, hath seen the Father also,” because the Son is Deity in 
manifestation,
and is the “Express Image” or Revelation of the Father, being 
brought
forth in the “fulness of time” as the crown of cosmic evolution. This 
latter
mode of Deity is therefore synthetical and cumulative; the terminal 
quantity
of the whole series of the universal Life-process (Lebens-prozess) as 
exhibited
in successive planes of generative activity, the Omega of concretive 
developments.
But the Father is Deity under its abstract mode, logically 
precedent
to and inclusive of the secondary and manifest mode; the Alpha of all 
things
and processes, the supra-cosmic, primordial Being, impersonal (in the 
etymological
sense of the term) and unindividualized; that wherein consciousness 
subsists
in its original mode, and whereby it is subsequently conditioned and 
compelled.
This unmanifest Deity must necessarily represent some mode of 
Self-hood;
but its nature remains inscrutable to us, and can be known only 
through
the Person of the Son; – that is, in manifestation.
The
difference between the two modes of Deity finds apt illustration in the 
physiology
of embryonic development. The first condition of the fecundated ovum 
is
one of generalized and informulate vitality. An activity, at once intelligent 
and
unindividualized, permeates the mass of potential differentiations, and 
directs
their manifestation. Under the direction of this inherent activity, the 
mass
divides, segregates, and constitutes itself into discrete elements; and 
these
in their turn sub-divide, and elaborate new individuations; until, by 
means
of successive aggregations of cellular entities, various strata and 
tissues
are formed. In this way, is built up, little by little, a new glomerate 
creature,
the consciousness of which, though manifold and diverse, is yet one 
and
synthetic. But this synthetic individuality is not of itself. It was 
begotten
in the bosom of the inherent and primordial intelligence pervading the 
essential
matter out of which it was constructed, and to which, as Father, it is 
Son.
19.
The Gods are not limited in number. Their numbers denote orders only. Beyond 
number
are the orbs in infinite space, and each of them is a God. Each globe has 
its
quality corresponding to the conditions of the elements which compose it. 
And
every physical world of causes has its psychic world of effects. All things 
are
begotten by fission, or section, in an universal protoplast; and the power 
which
causes this generation is centrifugal.
20.
God unmanifest and abstract is the Primordial Mind, and the cosmic universe 
is
the ideation of that Mind. Mind in itself is passive; it is organ, not 
function.
Idea is active; it is function. As soon, therefore, as Mind becomes 
operative,
it brings forth Ideas, and these constitute existence. Mind is 
abstract;
Ideas are concrete. To think is to create. Every thought is a 
substantial
action. Wherefore Thoth – Thought – is the creator of the Cosmos. 
Hence
the identification of Hermes (Thoth) with the Logos.
21.
Nevertheless, there is but one God; and in God are comprehended all thrones, 
and
dominions, and powers, and principalities, and archangels, and cherubim in 
the
celestial world, – called by Kabbalists the “Exemplary World,” or world of 
archetypal
ideas. And through these are the worlds begotten in time and space, 
each
with its astral sphere. And every world is a conscient individuality. Yet 
they
all subsist in one consciousness, which is one God. For all things are of 
spirit,
and God is spirit, and spirit is consciousness.
22.
The science of the Mysteries is the climax and crown of the physical 
sciences,
and can be fully understood only by those who are conversant 
therewith.
Without this knowledge it is impossible to comprehend the basic 
doctrine
of occult science, the doctrine of Vehicles. The knowledge of heavenly 
things
must be preceded by that of earthly things. “If, when I have spoken to 
you
of earthly things, you understand not,” says the Hierophant to his 
neophytes,
“how shall you understand when I speak to you of heavenly things?” It 
is
vain to seek the inner chamber without first passing through the outer. 
Theosophy,
or the science of the Divine, is the Royal Science. And there is no 
way
to reach the King’s chamber save through the outer rooms and galleries of 
the
palace. Hence one of the reasons why occult science cannot be unveiled to 
the
generality of men. To the uninstructed no truth is demonstrable. They who 
have
not learned to appreciate the elements of a problem, cannot appreciate its 
solution.
23.
All the component consciousnesses of the individual polarize to form an 
unity,
which is as a sun to his system. But this polarization is fourfold, being 
distinct
for each mode of consciousness. And the central, innermost, or highest 
point
of radiance – and it alone – is subjective. They who stop short at the 
secondary
consciousness and imagine it to be the subjective, have failed to 
penetrate
to the innermost and highest point of the consciousness in themselves, 
and
in so far are defective as to their humanity. Whereas they who have 
developed
in themselves the consciousness of every zone of the human system, are 
truly
human, and do, of themselves, represent humanity as no majority, however 
great,
of undeveloped and rudimentary men can do. Being thus, they represent 
Divinity
also. Theocracy consists in government by them.
24.
Let us take for illustration the image of an incandescent globe, or ball of 
fire,
fluid and igneous throughout its whole mass. Supposing this globe divided 
into
several successive zones, each containing its precedent, we find that the 
central
interior zone only contains the radiant point, or heart of the fiery 
mass,
and that each successive zone constitutes a circumferential halo, more or 
less
intense according to its nearness to the radiant point; but secondary and 
derived
only, and not in itself a source of luminous radiation.
25.
It is thus with the macrocosm, and also with the human kingdom. In the 
latter
the soul is the interior zone, and that which alone contains the radiant 
point.
By this one indivisible effulgence the successive zones are illuminated 
in
unbroken continuity; but the source of it is not in them. And this effulgence 
is
consciousness, and this radiant point is the spiritual ego or Divine spark. 
God
is the Shining One, the radiant point of the universe. God is the supreme 
consciousness,
and the Divine radiance also is consciousness. And man’s interior 
ego
is conscient only because the radiant point in it is Divine. And this 
consciousness
emits consciousness; and transmits it, first, to the Psyche; next 
to
the anima bruta; and last, to the physical system. The more concentrated the 
consciousness,
the brighter and more effulgent the central spark.
26.
Again: in from the midst of this imagined globe of fire the central 
incandescent
spark be removed, the whole globe does not immediately become dark; 
but
the effulgence lingers in each zone according to its degree of proximity to 
the
centre. And it is thus when dissolution occurs in the process of death. The 
anima
bruta and physical body may retain consciousness for a while after the 
soul
is withdrawn, and each part will be capable of memory, thought, and 
reflection
according to its kind.
27.
Apart from the consciousness which is of the Psyche, man is necessarily 
agnostic.
For, of the region which, being spiritual and primary, interprets the 
sensible
and secondary, he has no perception. He may know things, indeed, but 
not
the meaning of things; appearances, but not realities; resultant forms, but 
not
formative ideas; still less the source of these. The world and himself are 
fellow-phantoms;
aimless apparitions of an inscrutable something, or, may-be, 
nothing;
a succession of unrelated, unstable states.
28.
From this condition of non-entity, the spiritual consciousness redeems him, 
by
withdrawing him inward from materiality and negation, and disclosing to him a 
noumenal,
and, therefore, stable ego, as the cognizer of the unstable states of 
his
phenomenal ego. The recognition of this noumenal ego in himself involves the 
recognition
of a corresponding ego, of which it is the counterpart, without 
himself:
– involves, that is, the perception of God. For the problem of the ego 
in
man is the problem also of God in the universe. The revelation of one is the 
revelation
of both, and the knowledge of either involves that of the other. 
Wherefore
for man to know himself, is to know God. Self-consciousness is 
God-consciousness.
He who possesses this consciousness, is, in such degree, a 
Mystic.
29.
That whereby the mystic is differentiated from other men, is degree and 
quality
of sensitiveness. All are alike environed by one and the same manifold 
Being.
But whereas the majority are sensitive to certain planes or modes only, 
and
these the outer and lower, of the common environment, he is sensitive to 
them
all, and especially to the inner and higher; having developed the 
corresponding
mode in himself. For man can recognize without himself that only 
which
he has within himself. The mystic is sensitive to the God-environment, 
because
God is spirit, and he has developed his spiritual consciousness. That 
is,
he has and knows his noumenal ego. Psyche and her recollections and 
perceptions
are his.
30.
Hence the radiant point of the complex ego must be distinguished from its 
perceptive
point. The first is always fixed and immutable. The second is 
mutable;
and its position and relations vary with different individuals. The 
consciousness
of the soul, or even – in very rudimentary beings – of the mind 
may
lie beyond the range of the perceptive consciousness. As, this advances and 
spreads
inwards, the environment of the ego concerned expands; until, when, 
finally,
the perceptive point and the radiant point coincide, the ego attains 
regeneration
and emancipation.
31.
When the physiologists tell us that memory is a biological processus, and 
that
consciousness is a state dependent upon the duration and intensity of 
molecular
nervous vibration, a consensus of a vital action in the cerebral 
cells;
a complexity, unstable and automatic, making and unmaking itself at each 
instant,
as does the material flame, and similarly evanescent, – they do not 
touch
the Psyche. For what is it that cognizes these unstable states? To what 
Subject
do these successive and ephemeral conditions manifest themselves, and 
how
are they recognized? Phenomenon is incapable of cognizing itself, and 
appears
not to itself, being objective only. So that unless there be an inner, 
subjective
ego to perceive and remember this succession of phenomenal states, 
the
condition of personality would be impossible; whereas, there is of necessity 
such
an ego; for apparition and production are processes affecting – and 
therefore
implying – a subject. Now this subject is, for man, the Psyche; for 
the
universe, God. In the Divine mind subsist eternally and substantially all 
those
things of which we behold the appearances. And as in nature there are 
infinite
gradations from simple to complex, from coarse to fine, from dark to 
light,
so is Psyche reached by innumerable degrees; and they who have not 
penetrated
to the inner, stop short at the secondary consciousness, which is 
ejective
only, and imagine that the subjective – which alone explains all – is 
undemonstrable.
32.
A prime mistake of the biologists consists in their practice of seeking 
unity
in the simple, rather than in the complex. They thus reverse and invert 
the
method of evolution, and nullify its end. They refuse unity to the man, in 
order
to claim it for the molecule alone. Claiming unity and, thereby, 
individuality,
for the ultimate element, indivisible and indestructible by 
thought,
– for the simple monad only, –they divinize the lowest instead of the 
highest,
and so deprive evolution of its motive and end. Whereas Psyche is the 
most
complex of extracts; and the dignity and excelence of the human soul 
consist,
not in her simplicity, but in her complexity. She is the summit of 
evolution,
and all generation works in order to produce her. The occult law 
which
governs evolution brings together, in increasingly complex and manifold 
entities,
in numerable unities, in order that they may, of their substantial 
essence,
polarize one complex essential extract: – complex, because evolved from 
and
by the concurrence of many simpler monads: – essential, because in its 
nature
ultimate and indestructible. The human ego is, therefore, the synthesis, 
the
Divine Impersonal personified; and the more sublimed is this personality, 
the
profounder is the consciousness of the Impersonal. The Divine consciousness 
is
not ejective, but subjective. The secondary personality and consciouness are 
to
the primary as the water reflecting the heavens; the nether completing and 
returning
to the upper its own concrete reflex.
33.
It is necessary clearly to understand the difference between the objective 
and
the ejective on the one hand, and the subjective on the other. The study of 
the
material is the study of the two former; and the study of the substantial is 
the
study of the latter. That, then, which the biologists term the subjective, 
is
not truly so, but is only the last or interior phase of phenomenon. Thus , 
for
example, the unstable states which constitute consciousness, are, in their 
view,
subjective states. But they are objective to the true subject, which is 
Psyche,
because they are perceived by this latter, and whatever is perceived is 
objective.
There are in the microcosm two functions, that of the revealer, and 
that
of the entity to which revelation is made. The unstable states of the 
biologist,
which accompany certain operations of organic force are so many modes 
whereby
exterior things are revealed to the interior subject. Constituting a 
middle
term between object and subject, these states are strictly ejective, and 
are
not, therefore, the subject to which revelation is made. It is hopeless to 
seek
to attain the subjective by the same method of study which discovers the 
ejective
and objective. We find the latter by observation from without; the 
former
by intuition from within. The human cosmos is a complexity of many 
principles,
each having its own mode of operation. And it is on the rank and 
order
of the principle affected by any special operation that the nature of the 
effect
produced depends. When, therefore, for example, the biologist speaks of 
unconscious
cerebration, he should ask himself to whom or to what such 
cerebration
is unconscious, knowing that in all vital processes there is 
infinite
gradation. Questions of duration affect the mind; questions of 
intensity
affect the Psyche. All processes which occur in the objective are 
relative
to something; there is but one thing absolute and that is the subject. 
Unconscious
cerebration is therefore only relatively unconscious in regard to 
that
mode of perception which is conditioned in and by duration. But inasmuch as 
any
such process of cerebration is intense, it is perceived by that perceptive 
centre
which is conditioned by intensity; and in relation to that centre it is 
not
unconscious. The interior man being spiritual, knows all processes; but many 
processes
are not apprehended by the man merely mental. We see herein the 
distinction
between the human principles, and their separability even on this 
plane
of life. And if our mundane ego and our celestial ego be so distinct and 
separable,
even while vitally connected, that a nervous process conscious to the 
latter
is unconscious to the former much more shall separability be possible 
when
the vital bond is broken. If the polarities of our entire system were 
single
and identical in direction, we should be conscious of all processes and 
nothing
would be unknown to us; because the central point of our perception 
would
be the precise focus of all convergent radii. But no unregenerate man is 
in
such case. In most men the perceptive point lies in the relative man, – 
ejective
or objective, – and by no means in the substantial and subjective man. 
Thus
the convergent radii pass unheeded of the individual consciousness, 
because,
as yet, the man knows not his own spirit. Being thus incapable of 
absolute
cognition, such as these may be said to be asleep while they live.
PART
IV
34.
THE higher the entity undergoing death, the easier is the detachment of the 
Psyche
from the lower consciousness by which she is enshrined. The saint does 
not
fear death, because his consciousness is gathered up into his Psyche, and 
she
into her spouse the Spirit. Death, for him, is the result, not of any 
pathological
process, but of the normal withdrawal, first, of the animal life 
into
the astral or magnetic; and, next, of this into the psychic, to the 
reinforcement
of the latter, precisely as in the cell about to disintegrate, its 
protoplasmic
contents are seen to become better defined and to increase, as 
their
containing capsule becomes more tenuous and transparent. In this wise have 
passed
away saints and holy man innumerable of all lands and faiths; and with a 
dissolution
of this kind the relations of the redeemed Psyche with materiality 
may
terminate altogether. Such an end is the consummation of the redemption from 
the
power of the body, and from the “sting of death.” Forasmuch, however, as the 
righteous
has attained this condition by what Paul calls “dying daily” during a 
long
period to the lower elements, death for him, – whatever the guise in which 
it
may finally come – is no sudden event, but the completion of a process long 
in
course of accomplishment. That which to others is a violent shock, comes to 
him
by insensible degrees, and as a release wholly comfortable. Hence the 
aspiration
of the prophet, “Let me die the death of the just, and let my last 
end
be like his.”
35.
In dissolution, the consciouness speedily departs from the outermost and 
lowest
sphere, that of the physical body. In the shade, spectre, or astral body 
(Hebrew,
Nephesh) – which is the lowest mode of soul, – consciousness lingers a 
brief
while before being finally dissipated. In the astral soul, anima bruta, or 
ghost
(Hebrew, Ruach) consciousness persists, – it may be for centuries, – 
according
to the strength of the lower will of the individual, manifesting the 
distinctive
characteristics of his outer personality. In the soul (Hebrew, 
Neshamah),
the immediate receptacle of the Divine Spirit, – the consciousness is 
everlasting
as the soul herself. And while the ghost remains below in the astral 
sphere,
the soul, obeying the same universal law of gravitation and affinity, 
detaches
herself and mounts to the higher atmosphere suited to her; – unless, 
indeed,
she be yet too gross to be capable of such aspiration. In which case, 
she
remains “bound” in her astral envelope as in a prison. This separability of 
principles
is recognized in Homer when Odysseus is made to say of his interview 
with
the shades: – “Then I perceived Herakles, but only in phantom, for he 
himself
is with the gods.” [ As pointed out by Dr. Hayman, Pindar similarly 
emphasizes
the distinction between the hero and his immortal essence. And 
Chaucer
has the line: “Though thou here walked, thy spirit is in hell”(Man of 
Law’s
Tale). These distinctions are more than poetic imaginings. They represent 
occult
knowledges as verified by the experience of all ages.]
36.
The ghosts of the dead resemble mirrors having two opposed surfaces. On the 
one
side they reflect the earth-sphere and its pictures of the past. On the 
other
they receive influxes from those higher spheres which have received their 
higher,
because spiritual, egos. The interval between these principles is, 
however,
better described as of state or condition than as of locality. For this 
belongs
to the physical and mundane, and for the freed soul has no existence. 
There
is no far nor near in the Divine.
37.
The ghost, however, has hopes which are not without justification. It does 
not
all die, if there be in it anything worthy of recall. The astral sphere is 
then
its place of purgation. For Saturn, who as Time is the Trier of all things, 
devours
all the dross, so that only that escapes which in its nature is 
celestial
and destined to reign. The soul, on attaining Nirvana, gathers up all 
that
it has left in the astral of holy memories and worthy experiences. To this 
end
the ghost rises in the astral by the gradual decay and loss of its more 
material
affinities, until these have so disintegrated and perished that its 
substance
is thereby enlightened and purified. But continued commerce and 
intercourse
with earth add, as it were, fresh fuel to its earthly affinities, 
keeping
these alive, and so hinder its recall to its spiritual ego. And thus, 
therefore,
the spiritual ego itself is detained from perfect absorption into, 
and
union with, the Divine.
38.
This dissolution of the ghost is gradual and natural. It is a process of 
disintegration
and elimination extending over periods which are greater or less 
according
to the character of the individual. Those ghosts which have belonged 
to
evil persons possessed of strong wills and earthly tendencies, persist 
longest
and manifest most frequently and vividly, because they do not rise, but 
–
being destined to perish – are not withdrawn from immediate contact with the 
earth.
These are all dross, having in them no redeemable element. The ghost of 
the
righteous, on the other hand, complains if his evolution be disturbed. “Why 
callest
thou me?” he may be regarded as saying: “disturb me not. The memories of 
my
earth-life are chains about my neck; the desire of the past detains me. 
Suffer
me to rise towards my rest, and hinder me not with evocations. But let 
thy
love go after me and encompass me; so shalt thou rise with me through sphere 
after
sphere.” Thus even though, as often happens, the ghost of a righteous 
person
remains near one who, being also righteous, has loved him, it is still 
after
the true soul of the dead that the love of the living friend goes, and not 
after
his lower personality represented in the ghost. And it is the strength and 
divinity
of this love which helps the purgation of the soul, being to it an 
indication
of the way it ought to go, “a light shining upon the upward path” 
which
leads from the earthly to the celestial and everlasting. For the good man 
upon
earth can love nothing other than the Divine. Wherefore, that which he 
loves
in his friend is the Divine, – his true and radiant self. [ See 
Appendices,
Nos. II and XIII, Part 2.]
PART
V
39.
Of the four constituent spheres of the planet one subsists in two 
conditions,
present and past. This is its magnetic atmosphere or astral soul, 
called
the Anima Mundi. In the latter condition it is the Picture-world wherein 
are
stored up all the memories of the planet; its past life, its history, its 
affections
and recollections of physical things. The adept may interrogate this 
phantom-world,
and it shall speak for him. It is the cast-off vestment of the 
planet;
yet it is living and palpitating, for its very fabric is spun of psychic 
substance,
and its entire parenchyma is magnetic. And forasmuch as the planet is 
an
entity ever being born and ever dying; so this astral counterpart of itself, 
which
is the mirror of the globe, a world encompassing a world is ever in 
process
of increase.
40.
What the disintegrating Ruach is to man, this astral zone is to the planet. 
In
fact, the great magnetic sphere of the planet is itself composed and woven 
out
of the magnetic egos of its offspring, precisely as these in their turn are 
woven
out of the infinitely lesser atoms which compose the individual man. So 
that
by a figure, we may represent the whole astral atmosphere of the planet as 
a
system of so many minute spheres, each reflecting and transmitting special 
rays.
But as the Divine Spirit of the planet is not in its magnetic circle, but 
in
the celestial; so the true soul and spirit of the man are not in this astral 
sphere,
but are of the higher altitudes.
41.
Each world has its astral soul which remains always with it. But the world’s 
true
soul migrates and interchanges, which is the secret of the creation of 
worlds.
Worlds, like men, have their karma; and new cosmic globes arise out of 
the
ruins of former states. As the soul of the individual human unit 
transmigrates
and passes on, so, likewise does the Psyche of the planet. From 
world
to world in ceaseless intercourse and impetus, the living Neshamah pursues 
her
variable way. And as she passes, the tincture of her divinity changes. Here, 
her
spirit is derived through Iacchos; there through Aphrodite; and, again, 
through
Hermes, or another god. Here, again, she is weak; and there, strong. Our 
planet
– it must be understood – did not begin this Avatar in strength. An evil 
karma
overwhelmed its soul; a karma which has endured throughout the last 
pralaya,
or interval intervening between the former period of vivification of 
the
planet and its re birth, to new activities, – and which, from the outset of 
the
fresh manifestation – commonly called creation – dominated the 
reconstruction
of things. This planetary karma was, by the Scandinavian 
theology,
presented under the figure of the “golden dice of destiny,” which, 
after
the “twilight of the Gods,” or “night of the Kalpa,” were found again 
unchanged
in the growing grass of a new risen earth. For, as the kabbalistic 
interpreters
of Genesis teach, the moral formations of all created things 
preceded
their objective appearance. So that “every plant of the field before it 
sprang,
and every herb of the ground before it grew,” had its “generation” 
unalterably
determined. And, so long as these moral destinies which constitute 
the
planetary karma remain operative, so long the process of alternate passivity 
and
activity will continue. The revolutions and evolution of matter, the 
interchanges
of destruction and renovation, mark the rhythmic swing of this 
resistless
force, the expression of essential Justice. “The might of the Gods 
increase:
the might of the powers of evil dwindles.” [ The Dharmasastra Sutras.]
42.
As with man so with the planet. For small and great there is One Law; though 
one
star differs from another in glory. And so throughout the infinite vistas 
and
systems of the heavens. From star to star, from sun to sun, from galaxy to 
galaxy,
the cosmic souls migrate and interchange. But every God keeps his 
tincture
and maintains indefeasibly his personality.
PART
VI
43.
To apply what has been said to the elucidatior of catholic doctrine and 
practice.
The object set before the saint is so to live as to render the soul 
luminous
and consolidate with the spirit, that thereby the spirit may be 
perpetually
one with the soul, and thus eternize its individuality. For 
individuality
appertains to the soul, inasmuch as it consists in separateness, 
which
it is the function of soul-substance to accomplish in respect of spirit. [ 
While
Christianity teaches the everlasting persistence of acquired personality 
of
the redeemed, and makes redemption consist in this, Buddhism insists that 
personality
is an illusion belonging to the sphere of existence, - as 
distinguished
from Being, - and makes redemption consist in the escape from it. 
But
the difference between the two doctrines is one of presentation only, and is 
not
a real difference. The explanation is that there are to each individual two 
personalities
or selfhoods, the one exterior and phenomenal, which is transient, 
and
the other interior and substantial, which is permanent. And while Buddhism 
declares
truly the evanescence of the former, Christianity declares truly the 
continuance
of the latter. It is the absorption of the individual into this 
inner
and divine selfhood, and his consequent withdrawal from Existence, that 
constitutes
Nirvana, “the peace that passeth understanding.” ] Thus, though 
eternal
and immaculate in her substance, the soul acquires individuality by 
being
born in matter and time; and within her is conceived the divine element, 
which,
divided from God, is yet God and man. Wherefore catholic dogma and 
tradition,
while making Mary the “mother of God,” represent her as born of Anna, 
the
year, of time. [ The Hebrew forms of these names, - Miriam and Hannah, - do 
not
bear quite the same meanings. But, as is obvious from the analogies used and 
accepted
in Catholic teaching, the name of the Virgin has always been related to 
its
Latin signification, so that it is consistent to accept the name of her 
mother
accordance with this practice, especially as the latter is not mentioned 
by
any other Evangelists, but occurs only in Latin tradition.]
44.
The two terms of the history of creation, or evolution, are formulated by 
the
Church in two dogmas. These are (1), the Immaculate Conception; and (2), the 
Assumption,
of the Blessed Virgin Mary. [ It is true that the doctrine of the 
Assumption
is not a dogma in the technical sense of the term, inasmuch as it has 
not
yet been formally promulgated as an article of faith. But it has always 
subsisted
in the Church as a “pious belief,” and in promulgating it we are but 
anticipating
the Church’s intention; – excepting that we present it as a 
conclusion
of reason no less than as an article of faith. How far our action may 
be
agreeable to ecclesiastical authority we have not thought necessary to 
inquire.
Neither deriving our information from ecclesiastical sources, nor being 
under
ecclesiastical direction, we commit no breach of ecclesiastical propriety. 
In
any case it has the notable effect of securing the fulfilment of the prophecy 
implied
in the choice of his official title and insignia by Pope Leo XIII. – the 
prophecy
that his pontificate should witness the promulgation in question. For 
further
explanation see Lect. VI. 39.] The former concerns the generation of the 
soul,
presenting her as begotten in the womb of matter, and by means of matter 
brought
into world, and yet not of matter, but from the first moment of her 
being,
pure and incorrupt. Otherwise she could not be “Mother of God.” In her 
bosom,
as Nucleus, is conceived the bright and holy Light, the Nucleolus, which 
–
without participation of matter – germinates in her and manifests itself as 
the
express image of the Eternal and Ineffable Selfhood. To this image she gives 
individuality;
and through and in her it is focused and polarized into a 
perpetual
and self-subsistent Person, at once human and Divine, Son of God and 
of
Man. Thus is the soul at once Daughter, Spouse, and Mother of God. By her is 
crushed
the head of the Serpent. And from her triumphant springs the Man 
Regenerate,
who, as the product of a pure soul and divine spirit, is said to be 
born
of water (Maria) and the Holy Ghost.
45.
The declarations of Jesus to Nicodemus are explicit and conclusive as to the 
purely
spiritual nature both of the entity designated “Son of Man,” and of the 
process
of his generation. Whether incarnate or not, the “Son of Man” is of 
necessity
always “in heaven,” – his own “kingdom within.” Accordingly the terms 
describing
his parentage are devoid of any physical reference. “Virgin Maria” 
and
“Holy Ghost” are synonymous, respectively, with “Water” and “the Spirit”; 
and
these, again, denote the two constituents of every regenerated selfhood, its 
purified
soul and divine spirit. Wherefore the saying of Jesus, – “Ye must be 
born
again of Water and of the Spirit,” was a declaration, first, that it is 
necessary
to every one to be born in the manner in which he himself is said to 
have
been born; and, next, that the gospel narrative of his birth is really a 
presentation,
dramatic and symbolical, of the nature of regeneration.
46.
As the Immaculate Conception is the foundation of the Mysteries, so the 
Assumption
is their crown. For the entire object and end of cosmic evolution is 
precisely
this triumph and apotheosis of the soul. In this Mystery is beheld the 
consummation
of the whole scheme of creation, – the perfectionment, 
perpetuation,
and glorification of the individual human ego. The grave – that is 
the
astral and material consciousness – cannot retain the Mother of God. She 
rises
into heaven; she assumes its Queenship, and is – to cite the “Little 
Office
the Blessed Virgin Mary” – “taken up into the chamber where the King of 
kings
sits on His starry throne”; her festival, therefore, being held at the 
corresponding
season in the astronomical year, when the constellation Virgo 
reaches
the zenith and is lost to view in the solar rays. Thus, from end to end, 
the
mystery of the soul’s evolution – the argument, that is, of the cosmic drama 
and
the history of Humanity – is contained and enacted in the cultus of the 
Blessed
Virgin. The Acts and the Glories of Mary are the one and supreme theme 
of
the sacred Mysteries. [ See Appendices, No. XI.]
47.
Now this discourse on the nature and constitution of the Ego, is really a 
discourse
on the nature and constitution of the Church of Christ. [ See 
Appendices.
No. X ]
l-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
LECTURE THE SIXTH
THE
FALL ( No. I )
PART
I
01.
IN the city of Mecca, the birthplace of the iconoclast Mohammed, is a square 
edifice,
thirty feet high, called the Kaabeh, or Cube. The Koran says that is 
was
the first house of worship built for mankind. It has been known from time 
immemorial
as Beit-Allah, which name is the exact equivalent of the Hebrew word 
Beth-El,
House of God. According to Moslem legend, it was originally built by 
Adam,
after the pattern of a similar structure in Paradise, and was restored by 
Abraham.
It contains a white stone, – now blackened by time and by the kisses of 
pilgrims,
– which stone was also, according to tradition, brought from Paradise. 
But,
ages before the birth of Mohammed, the Kaabeh was an object of veneration 
as
a Pantheon of the Gods, and the white stone was adored as a symbol of Venus.
02.
This cubic House is a figure of the Human Kingdom framed on the pattern of 
the
Universal Kingdom constructed in the primal Age or “Beginning.” And the 
original
builder of the Kaabeh is said to have been Adam, because by “Adam” is 
understood
the first Church of the Elect, the first Community of men “made in 
the
Image of God.” This Church, having forfeited “Paradise,” and fallen away 
from
perfection, was restored by Abraham, the Father of the Faithful or 
Initiates,
this great Ancestor of the chosen people of God being no other than 
the
personified Church of Brahma in India, whence the Mysteries “went down into 
Egypt,”
and ultimately into all the world. The name Beth-El given to the Human 
House,
denotes that man, when “cubic” or six-fold, is the habitation of Deity. 
In
a future discourse it will be shown that these six stages or “days” of the 
creative
week of the microcosm, correspond to the processes included in the 
Lesser
and Greater Mysteries, and are, in order, Baptism, Temptation, Passion, 
Burial,
Resurrection, and Ascension; the “Marriage of the Lamb” being equivalent 
of
the Sabbath, or Within of the Cube, the Seventh, last and supremest of all 
the
Acts of the Soul. The white stone, which, as we have seen, has always been 
the
object of special veneration, is the well-known symbol of the Divine Spirit, 
the
nucleolus of the Cell, the Sun of the system, the Head of the Pyramid. It 
was
regarded as sacred to Venus, because she is the Genius of the Fourth Day, 
the
Revealer of the Sun and heavenly system, and to her, therefore, was 
peculiarly
dedicated the emblem of Celestial Light. The Kaabeh is, by its very 
name,
identified with the Kabbalistic Merkaba, the “car” in which the Lord God 
was
said to descend to earth, – a phrase indicating the work of Manifestation, 
or
Incarnation of Divine Being in “Creation.” The Merkaba, or Vehicle of God, is 
described
by Ezekiel as resembling a throne of sapphire, upon which is seated 
Adonai;
and supporting and drawing it are four living creatures or cherubim, 
having
four faces, the face of an ox, the face of a lion, the face of a man, and 
the
face of an eagle. And there are also four wheels of the chariot, a wheel by 
each
cherub, “in appearance like chrysolite.” “And their whole body, and their 
necks,
and their hands, and their wings, and the circles are full of eyes.”
03.
The perusal of this descriptive vision, which is identical with certain 
passages
in the Apocalypse of St. John, was permitted only by the ancient 
Hebrews
to men who had attained the age of thirty years. [ Epistles of Jerome.] 
This
age represents maturity, manhood, and reason, as typified in the solar 
month.
Thus the Ark of Noë in which the Elect are preserved, is thirty cubits in 
height;
the vision above cited occurs in his thirtieth year to Ezekiel, whose 
name
signifies Strength of God; and Jesus, at the commencement of his mission of 
salvation,
“begins to be about thirty years of age.” Similarly the Kaabeh, or 
Cubic
House of the Microcosm, is thirty feet high.
04.
This car, then, – within which Adonai rides, – typified by the Stone, called 
sapphire
by Ezekiel, and jasper by St. John, is the Human Kingdom; and the 
living
creatures which draw it are the four elements of that Kingdom, Body, 
Mind,
Soul, and Spirit, corresponding respectively to the elemental spirits of 
Earth,
Fire, Water, and Air, which constitute the Macrocosmic system. Of these 
living
creatures the first in order, from without inwards, is the Ox, 
symbolizing
the earth or body, ploughed by the sacred Kine of Demeter, laborious 
and
obedient; the next is the Lion, type of the magnetic or “fiery” mind, whose 
reason
is destructive and whose energy is rapacious, the seat of daring and of 
the
masculine will, which, suffered to expatiate uncontrolled, would rend and 
profane
the sacred mysteries. Third, in order, comes the genius of the Soul, 
having
a human face, and symbolizing the true Person of the Microcosm, to whom, 
as
to the Keeper of the House, belongs the constructive reason, the restraining 
and
conservative force of the system. Last, and “over all the rest,” is the 
Eagle,
the bird of the Sun or Adonai, type of light, strength, and freedom, and 
of
the wind on whose wings the Spirit rides. As it is written. “Behold, he shall 
come
up as an eagle and fly.” All these four cherubim are united in one, and 
make
one fourfold creature, the wings of one being joined to the wings of 
another
(Fig. 1.)
05.
Over and around the seat or car of Adonai, as described by the seers of both 
Old
and New Testaments, is a Rainbow, or Arch. This, the symbol of the Cup, of 
the
Heavens encircling and enclosing the Cosmos, is in the Scriptures termed 
Mount
Sion and the Mount of the Lord; by the Hindus it is called Mount Meru, and 
by
the Greeks Olympus, the home of the Gods. And with all it is the symbol of 
the
Celestial Kingdom, the Uncreate, which “was and is, and is to come;” wherein 
dwell
the Seven Spirits of Light, the Elohim of the Godhead. From this holy 
Mount
proceed all the oracles and dispensations of Heaven, and nothing is done 
in
the macrocosmic or microcosmic worlds that is not first conceived and perfect 
eternally
in the divine counsel. “For ever, O Lord,” says the psalmist, “Thy 
word
is written in Heaven.” And for this reason the Scriptures declare that 
everything
in the Tabernacle of the Wilderness was “made after the pattern of it 
in
the holy Mount.” For the Tabernacle in the Wilderness is, like the Kaabeh, a 
figure
of the Human House of God, pitched in the wilderness of the material 
world,
and removable from one place to another.
06.
The Mystery implied in the vision of Ezekiel, is in Genesis presented under 
the
hieroglyph of the Four Rivers which, flowing from one Source, go out to 
water
Paradise. This source is in the holy place of the Upper Eden. It is the 
“well
of the Water of Life,” or God, Who is the Life and Substance of all 
things.
And the Four heads of the river have names corresponding to the zones of 
the
fourfold unit of existence, as exemplified in the Cell, and therefore to the 
faces
of the fourfold cherub.
Thus,
Phison, the first stream, is the Ancient, or the Body, which surrounds and 
encloses
the agricultural or mineral Earth, wherein lies gold, prosperity, and 
renown.
The second river is Gehon, signifying the vale of Gehenna or Purgation, 
the
stream which traverses “Ethiopia” or Ath-opis, a compound word meaning 
literally
the Fire-Serpent, or Astral Fluid. This river, therefore, is the 
igneous
body or magnetic belt. The third river, which is Hiddekel, signifies the 
Double
Tongue of Two Meanings, the stream which rises from and flows back to 
ancient
or anterior ages, and which guides to Assyria, the land or place of 
Perfection.
This river is the Soul, the permanent element in man, having neither 
beginning
nor end, taking its origin in God anterior to time, and returning 
whence
it came individualized and perfected. Divine in nature and human in 
experience,
the language of the Soul is double, holding converse alike with 
heaven
and earth. The fourth river is Euphrates, that is, the Power of the 
Pharaoh,
– or Phiourah, Voice of Heaven, the oracle and divine Will of the human 
system.
And the “paradise” watered by these four rivers is the equilibrated 
human
nature, the “garden which the Lord God has planted in Eden,” or the 
Cosmos;
that is, the Particular in the bosom of the Universal.
07.
Not without deep meaning and design is the Book of Genesis or of Beginnings 
made
to open with this description of the Four Rivers of Paradise. For their 
names
and attributes supply the four wards of the Key wherewith to unlock all 
the
mysteries of the Scriptures whose Prologue and Argument Genesis represents. 
These
mysteries are, like the Rivers of Eden, distributed into four channels, 
each
belonging to a distinct region of the fourfold human kingdom, whose queen 
and
priestess is the Soul. And of these mystic or secret Scriptures, one of the 
most
precious profound is the Drama of the Fall, whose acts, depicted in the 
first
chapters of the Bible, serve, as a series of hieroglyphic tableaux, to 
delineate
at once the history of Man and the object of Religion.
08.
Maimonides, the most learned of the Rabbis, speaking of the Book of Genesis, 
says,
“We ought not to take literally that which is written in the story of the 
Creation,
nor entertain the same ideas of it as are common with the vulgar. If 
it
were otherwise, our ancient sages would not have taken so much pains to 
conceal
the sense, and to keep before the eyes of the uninstructed the veil of 
allegory
which conceals the truths it contains.” In the same spirit it was 
observed
by Jerome, that “the most difficult and obscure of the holy books 
contain
as many secrets as they do words, concealing many things even under each 
word.”
“All the Fathers of the second century,” says Mosheim, “attributed a 
hidden
and mysterious sense to the words of Scripture.” Papias, Justin Martyr, 
Irenæus,
Clemens Alexandrinus, Gregory of Nazianzen, Gregory of Nyssa, and 
Ambrose,
held that the Mosaic account of Creation and of the Fall was a series 
of
allegories. The opinion of Origen on the same subject was plainly expressed. 
“What
man,” he asks, “is so simple as to believe that God personifying a 
gardener,
planted a garden in the East? that the tree of Life was a real tree 
which
could be touched, and of which the fruit had the power of conferring 
immortality?”
09.
It is hardly necessary to enlarge on this point, or to bring forward further 
authorities.
Suffice it to say that this interior method of interpreting sacred 
writings
was, and still is, the method of all who posses the Gnosis, or secret 
knowledge
of the mysteries, their mere letter being abandoned to the vulgar and 
to
the “critics,” as the husk or shell, which serves but to conceal, encase, and 
preserve
the life-giving seed, the priceless pearl of the true “Word.”
10.
Both the story of the Fall, and all cognate Myths or Parables, are far older 
and
more universal than the ordinary unlearned reader of the Bible supposes. For 
the
Bible itself, in its Hebrew form, is a comparatively recent compilation and 
adaptation
of mysteries, the chief scenes of which were sculptured on temple 
walls,
and written or painted on papyri, ages before the time of Moses. History 
tells
us, moreover, that the Book of Genesis as it now stands, is the work, not 
even
of Moses, but of Ezra or Esdras, who lived at the time of the Captivity, – 
between
five and six hundred years before our era, – and that he recovered it 
and
other writings by the process already described as Intuitional Memory. “My 
heart,”
he says, “uttered understanding, and wisdom grew in my breast: for the 
Spirit
strengthened my memory.” If, then, by such means he recovered what Moses 
had
previously delivered orally to Israel, it is obvious that Esdras must have 
been
initiated into the ancient tradition in a former state of existence; since 
no
memory could have enabled him to recover that which he had never known, and 
which,
– when the Divine commission to rewrite it was given him, – was so wholly 
lost
that “no man knew any of the things that had been done in the world since 
the
beginning.” As the Talmud says, “Ezra could not have received the Word, if 
Moses
had not first declared it.”
11.
Neither must it be supposed that we have the Books of Moses as recovered and 
edited
by Esdras. The system of interpolation and alteration already referred to 
as
largely applied to the Bible, especially affected the Pentateuch. And 
foremost
among those who thus perverted it were the Pharisees, denounced in the 
New
Testament, who greatly modified the text, introducing their own ritual into 
the
law, incorporating with it their commentaries, and suppressing portions 
which
condemned their doctrine and practice. According to Spinoza, “there was 
before
the time of the Maccabees, no canon of holy writ extant; the books we now 
have
were selected from among many others by and on the authority of the 
Pharisees
of the second Temple, who also instituted the formulae for the prayers 
used
in the synagogue. [ Tractatus Theologicol-Politicus ]
12.
Sacerdotal or rabbinical as were these interpolations and corruptions, they 
effected
principally the books of ceremonial law and historical narrative, and 
referred
to public customs, temple rites, priestly privileges, and questions of 
mere
national interest. They hardly touched the great parabolic Myths which lie 
embedded
in the Hebrew Scriptures like so many gems encased in clay. And gems 
these
are, which, from prehistoric times, have been the universal property of 
all
initiated nations, and especially of the Hindu and Egyptian races, from 
which
last indeed Moses originally drew them, as is occultly intimated when it 
is
said: “And the children of Israel borrowed of the Egyptians jewels of silver 
and
jewels of gold; and they spoiled the Egyptians.”
13.
With regard to this particular Myth of the Fall, the walls of ancient 
Thebes,
Elephantine, Edfou and Karmak bear evidence that long before Moses 
taught,
and certainly ages before Esdras wrote, its acts and symbols were 
embodied
in the religious ceremonials of the people, of whom, according to 
Manetho,
Moses was himself a priest. And “the whole history of the fall of man 
is,”
as says Sharpe in a work on Egypt, “of Egyptian origin. The temptation of 
woman
by the serpent and of man by the woman, the sacred tree of knowledge, the 
cherubs
guarding with flaming swords the door of the Garden, the warfare 
declared
between the woman and the serpent, may all be seen upon the Egyptian 
sculptured
monuments.”
PART
II
14.
LET us now examine, in the order indicated by the hieroglyphic symbol of the 
Four
Rivers, the significations of the mystic story to which it is prefixed.
Taking
first the meaning corresponding to the river Phison or the Body we have 
presented
to us the condition of humanity in the perfect state, with special 
reference
to the just and harmonious relations existing in that state between 
the
Body and the Soul. This perfect, condition is exemplified by a picture of 
the
first Mystic Community, Lodge, or Church of men formed by the image of God, 
who
under the name of Sons of God, were distinguished from mere rudimentary men 
not
made in the Divine image, – the still materialistic part of mankind.
This
perfect condition was, and still is, reached – in the aggregate, as in the 
individual
– by a process of evolution, or gradual unfoldment and growth from 
the
lowest to the highest. They who first attained to this perfect state are 
celebrated
by Ovid and others as the men of the “Golden Age,” the primal Sabbath 
of
the world under Saturn. The Age is reached, whether individually or 
collectively,
whenever the Divine Spirit working within, has completed the 
generation
of Man, making him spiritually “in the image of God, male and 
female,”
“Such is the Son of God” having power, because in him the soul 
dominates
the body, and the body has no will of his own apart from that of the 
Divine
Spirit.
15.
In this aspect of the parable, then, “Adam” represents the bodily or 
sensuous
nature in man; and his wife his psychic and spiritual nature. The 
epithet
translated “help,” “helper,” or “helpmeet,” applied to the woman, 
signifies
an overseeing guide; and the name Isha, by which at first she is 
designated,
denotes the generative substance, or feminine principle, of 
humanity.
After the fall she is Chavah, or Eve, a term denoting the circle of 
life,
and represented by a serpent. As the soul, she has two aspects, the 
earthly
and the heavenly, and is indicated, therefore, by two kinds of serpent, 
the
serpent of the dust, or tempter, and the serpent which represents the Divine 
wisdom
or Sophia: in which aspect she is man’s initiator into divine knowledges. 
This
heavenly serpent, the representative of the solar ray, – as opposed to the 
serpent
of the subterraneous fire, – is familiar to us under the name of 
“Seraph,”
the title given to angels of the highest order in the celestial 
hierarchy,
and signifying “the burning,” – Sons of the Sun. In Egyptian 
symbology
the Divine Seraph or Serpent appears constantly, surmounting a Cross 
and
wearing the crown of Maut, the Mother, that is, the Living Mother, who is 
the
original and celestial Reason. This is the Serpent on the Cross by looking 
to
which, another sacred parable tells us, the Israelites were healed of the 
venomous
bites inflicted on them by the Serpent of the Dust, the earthly and 
destructive
reason, whose figure is derived, not from the life-giving sun-ray, 
but
from the flame of the devouring and rapacious fire. And thus it is said in 
the
Gospel, that by the exhibition of this Divine Wisdom, by the restoration of 
the
“Woman” or “Mother of the Living” to her rightful throne, will the world 
finally
be redeemed from the dominion of the serpent of the Abyss, that is, of 
the
lower and materialistic reason. “For as Moses lifted up the Serpent in the 
Wilderness,
even so must the Son of Man be lifted up.” For “Christ” is identical 
with
Amun-Ra, “our Lord the Sun,” offspring of the heavenly Maut. And the means 
of
delivery for mankind from the “ravenous lion” and the “fiery serpents” of the 
outer
intellect or earthly “wilderness of Sin” will be the exaltation of the 
Dual
humanity at once “Mother” and “Son.”
16.
In the individual or microcosmic system, the celestial Wisdom or Soul of the 
Universe,
finds expression as the Soul of the Man. And the condition of humanity 
“unfallen”
and sinless, is one of obedience on the part of the sense-nature, or 
“Adam,”
to the rule of the Soul, or “Eve.” But, by the “Fall” this state of 
things
is directly reversed, and the “woman” or the “Living” becomes subject to 
this
sense-nature. This is “the Curse.” And the curse will be removed, Paradise 
regained,
and the second Sabbath of the Golden Age restored, only when the 
“woman”
is again invested with her rightful supremacy.
17.
Eve is said to be taken from the side of the sleeping Adam, because, 
although,
the Soul subsists in all men, she becomes revealed only in such as 
have
transcended the consciousness of the Body. When the “Adam” is asleep, 
passive,
unassertive, the Soul, or Living man, is made manifest. Hers it is to 
guide,
to rule, to command; hers the vocation of the Seer, the Pythoness, the 
Interpreter
and Guardian of the Mysteries.
18.
Tokens of the superior respect once accorded to the Soul, and to Woman as 
the
Soul’s representative, abound in the historical remains of Egypt, where, as 
we
learn from numberless sculptures, writings, and paintings, the goddess Isis 
held
rank above her husband, the chief instructor in the Mysteries was 
represented
as a woman, priestly and noble families traced their pedigree 
through
the female line, and public acts and chronicles were dated by the name 
of
the high priestess of the year.
19.
Such then in the “Edenic” or unfallen state, are the mutual relations of 
Adam
and Eve, – Sense and Soul. And the parable sets forth the end of the Edenic 
Sabbath,
the ruin of the Golden Age, the “Fall” of the Church, as brought about 
by
disobedience to the Divine Voice, or Central Spirit to which the Soul ought 
to
be always dutiful. Sin thus originates with the Soul, as the responsible part 
of
man; and she whose office is to be to him overseer and guide, becomes his 
betrayer.
The forbidden fruit communicated by the Soul to Adam is the vital 
flame
or Consciousness, described by classical poets as the “Fire of Heaven.” 
For,
as God is supreme and original Consciousness, the first manifestation of 
human
consciousness has its seat in the Soul. In the pure, Edenic state, or, as 
it
is called, the state of innocence, therefore, the shrine of this heavenly 
Fire
is in the spiritual part of man. But Prometheus, or pseudo-thought, – the 
spurious
thought as opposed to the true Hermetic reason, – steals or “draws 
down”
this Fire from its original place, and transfers it to the outer man or 
body.
Thenceforward, the consciousness of man ceases to reside in the soul, and 
takes
up its abode in the body. That is to say, that man in his “fallen” 
condition
is conscious only of the selfhood of the body, and until regenerate, 
or
redeemed from the “Fall,” he does not again become conscious and vitalized in 
the
soul. To find the Soul is the first step towards finding Christ; that is, as 
the
Catholic Church puts it, “Mary brings us to Jesus.” The materialistic, 
unregenerate
man is totally unconscious of his soul. He is aware only of the 
body,
and his percipience of life is limited to the bodily sense. By the 
transference
of the vitalizing Fire from the “heaven” to the “earth” of the 
human
system, the lower nature is inflamed and set at war with the Divine Spirit 
or
“Zeus” within the man. This act is the Promethean Theft, punished so terribly 
by
the “Father” at the hand of Hermes, the true Thought, or Angel of 
Understanding.
For by this act, man becomes bound and fettered to the things of 
sense,
the victim of a perverse will, which, as an insatiable bird of prey, 
continually
rends and devours him. Thus is formulated that condition which Paul 
so
graphically laments: – “I find then a law, that when I would do good, evil is 
present
with me. For I delight in the law of God after the inward man; but I see 
another
law in my members warring against the law of my mind, and bringing me 
into
captivity to the law of sin which is in my members. O wretched man! who 
shall
deliver me from this body of death?”
20.
Although, then, sin originates in the soul, the bodily nature is the 
ultimate
offender. Hence it is to “Adam” that the interrogation is addressed: – 
“Hast
thou eaten of the tree whereof I commanded thee that thou shouldest not 
eat?”
And the penalty pronounced upon “Adam” enumerates the sorrows of the body 
in
its “fallen” state, and foretells its inevitable return to the “dust” and 
“earth”
of which it is; – a penalty, be it observed, which is not incurred by 
“Eve,”
the soul. And of her we read that her will, ceasing to polarize itself 
inwards
and upwards upon her Divine Centre, is now, by the effect of the “Fall,” 
directed
outwards and downwards towards her earthly mate. Like “Lot’s Wife,” in 
another
and cognate parable, “she looks back, and straightway becomes a pillar 
of
Salt.” Salt was, in alchemic terminology, a synonym for Matter. This 
transformation
into Salt is the converse of the “Great Work”; it is the Fixation 
of
the Volatile. The Great Work is, in alchemic science, the Volatilization of 
the
Fixed. By this act of depolarization the soul imprisons herself definitely 
in
the body, and becomes his subject until that “Redemption” for which, says 
Paul,
“all creation groans and travails in the pain of desire.”
21.
In this first of the four explanations of our parable, the Tree of Life is 
the
secret of Transmutation or of Eternal Life, of which it is impossible for 
the
rebellious Adam to taste. For, as long as the elements of disorder remain in 
the
body, so long as the flesh lusts against the spirit, so long as the 
Microcosm
admits two diverse wills and is swayed by two adverse laws; – so long 
is
the Fruit of this Tree unattainable. If it were possible for this ruined and 
disobedient
Adam to “eat and live for ever,” that eternal life would necessarily 
be
the eternal hell of the Calvinists, that endless condition of torment and 
defiance
of God, that life indestructible in the midst of destruction, which 
would
– were it possible – constitute the division of the universe, and set up 
in
opposition to the Divine rule, an equal and co-eternal throne of devildom.
22.
As, in this reading of the myth, Adam represents the body, Eve the soul, and 
the
Divine Voice the Spirit, so the serpent typifies the astral element or lower 
reason.
For this subtle element is the intermediary between soul and body, the 
“fiery
serpent” whose food is the “dust” that is, the perception of the senses, 
which
are concerned with the things of time and matter only. This “serpent,” if 
not
controlled and dominated by the will of the Initiate, leads the soul into 
bondage
and perdition, by destroying the equilibrium of the system and dividing 
the
Hearth-Fire. But though, when not thus dominated, the astral fire becomes, 
through
its function of Tempter, the Destroyer and agent of Typhon or Negation, 
it
is also, when under the dominion of the married spirit and soul, an element 
of
power and a glass of vision.
23.
The deposition from her rightful place of the Living Mother, Isha, Chavah, 
or
Eve, typified by the celestial serpent, is then brought about by the 
seductions
of the earthly and astral serpent. Thence ensues the ruin of the 
Edenic
order. The soul is subject to the body, intuition to sense, the inner to 
the
outer, the higher to the lower. Henceforth the monitions of the soul must be 
suppressed,
her aspirations quenched, her conceptions difficult, her fruit 
quickened
and brought forth with labour and sorrow. Intuition wars with passion, 
and
every victory of the spiritual man is bought with anguish. And between the 
kabbalistic
“woman” and the astral “serpent” there must be perpetual enmity; for 
henceforward
the astral is antagonistic to the psychic, and between the 
intellectual
and the intuitional “a great gulf is fixed.” For this astral 
serpent
is the terrene Fire, and the kabbalistic woman is the Water, the Maria, 
which
is destined to quench it. “She shall crush his head, and he shall lie in 
wait
for her heel.”
Such
is, on the plane historical, whether of the individual or of the Church, 
the
meaning of “Paradise” and its “loss” – the gradual attainment of a certain 
high
grade, an the decline therefrom; a loss, the immediate effects of which 
manifest
themselves in a subversion of the divine-natural order, and in the 
supremacy
of the outer over the inner, the lower over the higher.
24.
To humanity in Paradise, made in the divine Image, and unfallen, were given 
as
meat the tree-fruits and the herb-grains; then, as Ovid tells us, “men were 
contented
with the food which Nature freely bestowed.” For the bodily appetites 
knew
no law but that of a healthy natural intuition, and obeyed the impulse of 
the
God within, desiring no other nourishment than that for which alone the body 
was
anatomically and physiologically designed. But, so soon as it acquired a 
perverse,
selfish will, a new lust arose; for a new and subhuman nature appeared 
in
it, the nature of the beast of prey, whose image the fallen body has put on. 
That
this is literal truth, all the poets, all the seers, all the regenerate 
testify,
bearing witness also that Paradise can never be regained, Regeneration 
never
completed, man never fully redeemed, until the body is brought under the 
law
of Eden, and has cleansed itself thoroughly from the stain of blood. None 
will
ever know the joys of Paradise who cannot live like Paradise-men; none will 
ever
help to restore the Golden Age to the world who does not first restore it 
in
himself. No man, being a shedder of blood, or an eater of flesh, ever touched 
the
Central Secret of things, or laid hold of the Tree of Life. Hence it is 
written
of the Holy City: “Without are dogs.” For the foot of the carnivorous 
beast
cannot tread the golden floors; the lips polluted with blood may not 
pronounce
the Divine Name. Never was spoken a truer word than this; and if we 
should
speak no other, we should say all that man need know. For if he will but 
live
the life of Eden, he shall find all its joys and its mysteries within his 
grasp.
“He who will do the will of God, shall know of the doctrine.” But until 
“father
and mother” are forsaken, – that is, until the disciple is resolved to 
let
no earthly affections or desires withhold him from entering the Perfect Way, 
–
Christ will not be found nor Paradise regained. “Many indeed begin the rites,” 
says
Plato, “but few are fully purified.” And a greater than Plato has warned us 
that
“the Way is strait and the Gate narrow that lead unto Life, and few they 
are
who find it.”
PART
III
25.
COMING next to the philosophical reading of our Parable, we find that on 
this
plane the Man is the Mind or rational Intellect, out of which is evolved 
the
Woman, the Affection or Heart; that the Tree of Knowledge represents Maya or 
Illusion;
the Serpent, the Will of the Body; the Tree of Life, the Divine Gnosis 
–
or interior knowledge; and the sin which has brought and which brings ruin on 
mankind,
Idolatry.
In
this aspect of the Fall, we have presented to us the decline of Religion from 
the
celestial to the astral. The affection of the unfallen mind is fixed on 
things
above, spiritual and real, and not on things beneath, material and 
phantasmal.
Idolatry is the adoration of the shadow instead of the substance, 
the
setting up of eidolon in the place of the God. It is thus no specific art, 
but
the general tendency towards Matter and Sense, that constitutes the Fall. 
And
of this tendency the world is full, for it is the “original sin” of every 
man
born of the generation of “Adam”; and only that man is free of it who is 
“born
again of the Spirit” and made “one with the Father,” his own central God.
26.
Into this sin of Idolatry the human Heart declines by listening to the 
monitions
and beguilements of the lower will, the will of the sensual nature. 
Withdrawing
her desire from the Tree of Life, – the Gnosis, – the Affection 
fixes
on the false and deceitful apples of Illusion, pleasant and desirable “to 
the
eyes” or outer senses. “Your eyes shall be opened,” urges the lower will, 
“and
you shall be as Gods, knowing both worlds.” The Affection yields to the 
seductions
of this promise, she entangles herself in Illusion, she communicates 
the
poison to the Mind, and all is lost. Man knows indeed, but the knowledge he 
has
gained is that of his own shame and nakedness. “Their eyes were opened, and 
they
knew – that they were naked.” By this act of idolatry man becomes instantly 
aware
of the body, of sense, of Matter, of appearance; he falls into another and 
a
lower world, precipitated headlong by that fatal step outwards from the 
celestial
to the astral terrene. Henceforth the fruit of the divine Gnosis, the 
healing
Tree, is not for him, he has lost the faculty of discerning Substance 
and
Reality; the eye of the Spirit is closed, and that of Sense is opened; he is 
immersed
in delusion and shadow, and the glamour of Maya. Sudden divorce has 
taken
place between the spirit and the soul. He has lost the “Kingdom, the 
Power,
and the Glory.” And, so long as he remains in the “wilderness” of the 
illusory
world, the Gnosis is guarded against him by the Elementary Spirits and 
their
fourfold swords, which, to the man having lost both the power and the 
secret
of the Dissolvent, are an impenetrable barrier.
27.
We now enter on the Ethical and Psychic interpretation of the myth, which 
interpretation
is itself a dual character, affecting on the one hand the Church, 
on
the other the Individual.
In
this third aspect of the parable the Man represents the human Reason; the 
Woman,
Faith, or the religious Conscience; the Serpent, the lower nature; the 
Tree
of Knowledge the kingdom of this world; and the Tree of Life the kingdom of 
God.
The religious Conscience set over the human Reason as his guide, overseer, 
and
ruler, whether in the general, as the Church, or in the particular, as the 
Individual,
falls when – listening to the suggestions of the lower nature – she 
desires,
seeks, and at length defiles herself with the ambitions, vanities, and 
falsehoods
of the kingdom of this present world. Nor does she fall alone. For 
ceasing
to be a trustworthy guide, she becomes herself serpent and seducer to 
human
Reason, leading him into false paths, betraying and deluding him at every 
turn,
until, if she have her way, she will end by plunging him into the lowest 
depths
of abject ignorance, foolishness, and weakness, there to be devoured by 
the
brood of Unreason, and annihilated forever. For she is now no longer the 
true
wife Faith, she is become the wanton, Superstition; and rather than heed to 
obey
monitions such as hers, he must, if he would save himself, assert dominion 
over
her and keep her in bondage and subjection to his authority. Better far 
that
he should be master in the Man, than Superstition, whose method is folly, 
whose
end is madness and death.
28.
The church at her best, unfallen, is the glass to the lamp of Truth, 
guarding
the sacred flame within, and transmitting unimpaired to her children 
the
light received upon its inner surface. Such is the function of the 
priesthood,
in idea and intention; but not, now at least, in fact and deed. For 
through
the failure of the priesthood to resist the materializing influences of 
the
world upon the side exposed to the world, the lamp-glass has become clouded 
that
the light within is either unable to pass through it at all, or passes only 
to
cast around, instead of genial rays, ghastly and misleading shadows. Or, may 
–
be, the light has expired altogether; and, not the maintenance of the flame, 
but
the concealment of its loss, is become the prime object of solicitude for 
its
whilom guardians.
29.
The world’s history shows that hitherto this Fall has been the common fate 
of
all Churches. Nor is its cause far to seek, seeing that all human histories 
are
essentially one and the same, whether the subject be an individual or an 
aggregation
of individuals. A Church is, like every other personal organism, a 
compound
organism. Between the circumferential containing body, and the central 
informing
spirit, – having a side turned to each, and uniting the mental with 
the
spiritual, – stands the soul to which the Church, Priesthood, or Intuition 
corresponds,
in order by her meditation to reconcile the world to God and 
maintain
the Man in grace. And so long as, by virtue of the purity of such 
medium,
the stream of life and light from the central spirit of Truth is enabled 
to
find free course and circulation, perfect health continues in the system. But 
when,
inclining towards the outer and lower elements, the Church abandons the 
inner
and higher, and becomes of the earth earthy, the flame within her shrine, 
choked
and quenched, departs, leaving the sanctuary tenantless. Then, no longer 
of
the heavenly, but of the earthly kingdom, the fallen Church becomes the 
betrayer
and the enemy of man. To confess the truth – that she has suffered the 
sacred
flame to expire – would, in respect of all for which she is now 
solicitous,
– her material sway and interests, – be fatal. Hence the fact that 
she
is naked and empty must be studiously concealed, and all approach forbidden, 
that
no one not concerned to keep the secret may spy upon her darkened shrine. 
Thenceforth
the Church stands between God and the people, not to bring them 
together,
but to keep them apart. With light and spirit lost to view, and the 
way
to the kingdom of God blocked by superstition, the rational man either 
ceases
to believe that any such kingdom subsists, and, falling in his turn, he 
plunges
into the gulf of atheism or agnosticism; or, withheld by his traitor 
spouse
from attaining the fruition of the Tree of Life, contents himself with 
“stones
for bread,” and with “serpents” of the astral in place of the true 
celestial
mysteries.
30.
Thus fallen and degraded, the Church becomes, as mankind too well knows, a 
Church
“of this world,” greedy of worldly dignities, emoluments, and dominion, 
intent
on foisting on the belief of her votaries, in the name of authority and 
orthodoxy,
fables and worse than fables, apples of Sodom and Gomorrah, Dead-sea 
fruit;
– a Church jealous of “the Letter which killeth;” ignorant of, or 
bitterly
at enmity with, “the Spirit which giveth life.”
PART
IV
31.
WE now reach the last and innermost interpretation of our fourfold 
hieroglyph,
the spiritual and creative secret embodied in the Edenic allegory. 
This
secret is sometimes more obscurely alluded to as the Lapse of heavenly 
beings
from their first happy estate into sub-celestial spheres, and their final 
redemption
by means of penance done through incarnation in the flesh. It need 
scarcely
be said that this imagined Lapse is also a parable designed to veil and 
preserve
a truth. And in its interpretation is found the creative secret, the 
projection
of Spirit into Matter; the Fall or Descent of Substance into Maya or 
Illusion.
Hence results Chavah, the Eve of Genesis, and circle of life 
conditioned
as past, present, and future, and corresponding to Jehovah, the 
covenant
name of Deity. In this reading of the parable the Tree of Divination or 
Knowledge
becomes Motion, or the Kalpa, – the period of Existence as 
distinguished
from Being; the Tree of Life is Rest, or the Sabbath, the Nirvana; 
Adam
is Manifestation; the Serpent – no longer of the lower but of the higher 
sphere
– is the celestial Serpent or Seraph of heavenly Counsel. For now the 
whole
signification of the myth is changed, and the act of Arche, the Woman, is 
the
Divine act of Creation. Ase, the root of the Hebrew word for Woman, 
signifies
the generating female Fire, the Living Substance producing or causing 
production.
Its Coptic form, Est, gives Esta or Hestia, the goddess of the 
temple-fire,
for the continual preservation of which the order of Vestal virgins 
was
established. This word, Est, is identical also with the Latin and Greek 
equivalents
of IS, whence are derived all the modern European forms of the same 
affirmative,
as also the names Esther and Easter.
32.
Adam signifies the Red, hence the Blood; and in Blood, Substance becomes 
incarnate
and takes form as Nature or Isis, which name is, of course, but 
another
rendering of the affirmative EST. Hence Nature, the incarnate Archë, is 
said
to be born from the side of Adam, or Manifestation by Blood. “Blood,” as 
says
“Eliphas Levi,” “is the first incarnation of the Universal Fluid; it is the 
materialized
vital Light. It lives only by perpetually transforming itself, for 
it
the universal Proteus, the great Arcanum of Life.”
33.
Now, as has been said in a former discourse, Motion is the means by which 
Spirit
becomes visible as Matter, for Spirit and Matter represent two conditions 
of
one thing. Therefore by the Tree of Divination of Good and Evil, in this 
interpretation,
must be understood that condition by means of which Spirit, 
projected
into appearance, becomes manifested under the veil of Maya.
34.
Among the sacred symbols and insignia of the Gods depicted in Egyptian 
sculpture,
none is repeated so often as the Sphere. This Sphere is the emblem of 
Creative
Motion, because the Manifesting Force is rotatory; being, in fact, the 
“Wheel
of the Spirit of Life” described by Ezekial as “a wheel within a wheel,” 
inasmuch
as the whole system of the universe, from the planet to its ultimate 
particle,
revolves in the same manner. And for this reason, and as an evidence 
of
the knowledge which dictated the ancient symbology of the Catholic Church, 
the
Eucharistic Wafer, figure of the Word made Flesh, is circular. The 
sacramental
sphere, poised on the head of a Serpent or Seraph, is a common 
hieroglyph
in Egyptian sacred tableaux; and sculptures bordered with processions 
of
such emblematic figures are frequent in the ancient temples. The apple, or 
round
Fruit of the Tree of the Kalpa, – of which, by the advice of the “Serpent” 
of
heavenly Counsel, the Divine Archë partakes, and thereby brings about the 
“Fall”
or Manifestation of Spirit in Matter, – is no other than the Sacramental 
Host,
type of the Bread of Life or Body of God, figured in the Orb of the Sun, 
reflected
in the disk of every star, planet, and molecule, and elevated for 
adoration
on the Monstrance of the universe.
35.
Only when the Naros, or Cycle of the Six Days, shall again reach their 
Seventh
Day, will “the Lord of the Seventh” – whom the Latins adored with 
unveiled
heads under the name of Septimianus, – return, and the veil of Illusion 
or
Maya, be taken away. The anticipation of the Seventh Day of the renewed 
Arcadia,
the Seven Days’ festival of liberty and peace, was held by the Greeks 
under
the name of the Kronia, and by the Latins under that of the Saturnalia. 
This
redemptive Sabbath is spoken of in the gospel as the “harvest of the end of 
the
world,” when Saturn or Sator (the Sower) as “Lord of the Harvest,” “shall 
return
again with joy, bringing his sheaves with him.” And when that day comes, 
the
Fruit of the Tree of Life, or Nirvana, shall be given for the healing of the 
universe;
rest from motion shall put an end to Matter; and Substance, now by the 
“Fall”
brought under the dominion of Adam or Manifestation, shall return to Her 
original
divine estate.
36.
It remains only to speak of the symbolic Bow or Cup encircling the 
microcosmic
car of Adonai, and representing, as already explained, the heavenly 
Mount,
of which the phenomenal heaven is the transcript. The planisphere of the 
heavens,
familiar in all ancient astrological science, is divided into two parts 
by
a line passing from east to west, and representing the horizon. The portion 
of
the planisphere below this horizontal line comprises the lower and invisible 
hemisphere;
that which is above, the upper and visible. At the opening of the 
year
the constellation of the Celestial Virgin, Astræa, Isis, or Ceres, is in 
ascension.
She has beneath her feet in the lower horizon the sign Python or 
Typhon,
the Dragon of the Tree of the Hesperides, who rises after her, pursuing 
her,
and aiming his fangs at her heel.
37.
This heavenly Virgin is the regenerate Eve, Maria the Immaculate, the Mother 
of
the Sun-God. Her first “decan” is that of the Sun, whose birth as Mithras was 
celebrated
on the twenty-fifth day of December, – the true birth of the year, – 
at
midnight, at which time she appears above the visible horizon. The figure of 
the
sun was consequently placed over this “decan” on the planispheric chart, and 
rests,
therefore, on the head of the Virgin, while the first “decan” of Libra, 
which
is that of the Moon, is under her feet. In her we recognize the Woman of 
the
Apocalypse, victorious over her adversary the Dragon, and restoring by her 
manifestation
the equilibrium – Libra – of the universe.
38.
Thus the Heavens eternally witness to the promise of the final redemption of 
the
Earth, and of the return of the Golden Age, and the restoration of Eden. And 
the
keynote of that desired harmony is to be found in the exaltation on all the 
universal
fourfold planes, physical, philosophical, physic, and celestial, of 
the
WOMAN.
Once
again, in the end as in the beginning, shall the Soul rehabilitated, the 
Affection
regenerated, the Intuition purified, the Divine Substance redeemed 
from
Matter, be throned, crowned, and glorified.
39.
That the time of rising of this Celestial Virgin and of the rehabilitation 
of
truth by the Woman-Messias of the Interpretation is near at hand, they who 
watch
the “times” and the “heavens” may know by more than one token. To name but 
one:
the sign Leo, which upon the celestial chart precedes the ascension of the 
Woman,
going before her as her herald, is the sign of the present Head of the 
Catholic
Church. When assuming that title, he declared his office to be that of 
the
“Lion of the Tribe of Juda ,” the domicile of the Sun, the tribe appointed 
to
produce the Christ. To the ascension of this constellation, preparing, as it 
were,
the Way of the Divine Virgin, the prophecy of Israel in Genesis refers: –
“Juda
is a strong lion; my son, thou art gone up. The sceptre shall not be taken 
away
from Juda till the coming of the Messenger – or Shiloh – the expectation of 
the
nations.”
And
not only does the chief Bishop of the Church bear this significant name of 
the
“Lion,” but he is also the thirteenth of that name, and Thirteen is the 
number
of the Woman and of the lunar cycle, the number of Isis and of the 
Microcosm.
It is the number which indicates the fullness of all things, and the 
consummation
of the “Divine Marriage,” the At-one-ment of Man and God.
Moreover
the Arms of Leo XIII. represent a Tree on a Mount, between two triune 
Lilies,
and in the dexter chief point a blazing Star; with the motto “Lumen in 
Coelo.”
What is this tree but the Tree of Life? these lilies but the Lilies of 
the
new Annunciation, – of the Ave which is to reverse the curse of Eva? What 
star
is this, if not the Star of the Second Advent? History repeats itself only 
because
all history is already written in “heaven.”
40.
For the signs of the Zodiac, or of the “Wheel of Life,” as the name 
signifies,
are not arbitrary, they are the Words of God, traced on the 
planisphere
by the finger of God, and first expressed in intelligible 
hieroglyphs
by men of the “Age of Saturn,” who knew the truth, and held the Key 
of
the Mysteries. The Wheel of the Zodiac thus constituted the earliest Bible; 
for
on it is traced the universal history of the whole Humanity. It is a mirror 
at
once of Past, Present and Future; for these three are but modes of the 
Eternal
NOW, which, philosophically, is the only tense. And its twelve signs are 
the
twelve Gates of the heavenly City of religious science; the Kingdom of God 
the
Father.
41.
The philosophy of the day, unable, through its ignorance of the soul, to 
solve
the riddle of the Zodiac, concludes that all sacred history is a mere 
tissue
of fables, framed in accordance with the accidental forms of the 
constellations.
But, as the Initiate knows, these signs are written on the 
starry
chart because they represent eternal verities in the experience of the 
soul.
They are the processes or acts of the soul, under individualization in 
Man.
And so far from being ascribed to Man because written in the Zodiac, they 
were
written in the Zodiac because recognized as occurring in humanity. In the 
Divine
order, pictures precede written words as the expression of ideas. The 
planisphere
of the Zodiac is thus a picture-bible; and the images embodied in it 
have
controlled the expression of all written Revelation.
PART
V
42.
THIS discourse was closed for the writer by a vision, an account of which 
will
form an equally fitting conclusion for the reader. This vision was as 
follows:
–
“A
golden chalice, like those used in Catholic rites, but having three linings, 
was
given to me by an Angel. These linings, he told me, signified the three 
degrees
of the heavens, – purity of life, purity of heart, and purity of 
doctrine.
Immediately afterwards, there appeared a great dome-covered temple, 
Moslem
in style, and on the threshold of it a tall Angel clad in linen, who with 
an
air of command was directing a party of men engaged in destroying and 
throwing
into the street numerous crucifixes, bibles, prayer-books, 
altar-utensils,
and other sacred emblems. As I stood watching, somewhat 
scandalized
at the apparent sacrilege, a Voice at a great height in the air, 
cried
with startling distinctness, “All the idols he shall utterly destroy!” 
Then
the same Voice, seeming to ascend still higher, cried to me, “Come hither 
and
see!” Immediately it appeared to me that I was lifted up by my hair and 
carried
above the earth. And suddenly there arose in mid-air the apparition of a 
man
of majestic aspect, in an antique garb, and surrounded by a throng of 
prostrate
worshippers. At first the appearance of this figure was strange to me; 
but
while I looked intently at it, a change came over the face and dress, and I 
thought
I recognized Buddha, – the Messiah of India. But scarcely had I 
convinced
myself of this, than a great Voice, like a thousand voices shouting in 
unison,
cried to the worshippers: “Stand upright on your feet: – worship God 
only!”
And again the figure changed, as though a cloud had passed before it, and 
now
it seemed to assume the shape of Jesus. Again, I saw the kneeling adorers, 
and
again the mighty Voice cried, “Arise! worship God only!” The sound of this 
Voice
was like thunder, and I noted that it had seven echoes. Seven times the 
cry
reverberated, ascending with each utterance, as though mounting from sphere 
to
sphere. Then suddenly I fell through the air, as though a hand had been 
withdrawn
from sustaining me: and again touching the earth, I stood within the 
temple
I had seen in the first part of my vision. At its east end was a great 
altar,
from above and behind which came faintly a white and beautiful Light, the 
radiance
of which was arrested and obscured by a dark curtain suspended from the 
dome
before the altar. And the body of the temple, which, but for the curtain, 
would
have been fully illuminated, was plunged in gloom, broken only by the 
fitful
gleams of a few half-expiring oil-lamps, hanging here and there from the 
vast
cupola. At the right of the altar stood the same tall Angel I had before 
seen
on the temple threshold, holding in his hand a smoking censer. Then, 
observing
that he was looking earnestly at me, I said to him: “Tell me, what 
curtain
is this before the Light, and why is the temple in darkness?” And he 
answered,
“This veil is not One, but Three; and the Three are Blood, Idolatry, 
and
the Curse of Eve. And to you it is given to withdraw them; be faithful and 
courageous;
the time has come.” Now the first curtain was red, and very heavy; 
and
with a great effort I drew it aside, and said, “I have put away the veil of 
blood
from before Thy Face; shine, O Lord God!” But a Voice from behind the 
folds
of the two remaining coverings answered me, “I cannot shine, because of 
the
idols.” And lo, before me a curtain of many colours, woven about with, woven 
about
with all manner of images, crucifixes, madonnas, Old and New Testaments, 
prayer-books,
and other religious symbols, some strange and hideous like the 
idols
of China and Japan, some beautiful like those of the Greeks and 
Christians.
And the weight of the curtain was like lead, for it was thick with 
gold
and silver embroideries. But with both hands I tore it away, and cried, “I 
have
put away the idols from before Thy Face; shine, O Lord God!” And now the 
Light
was clearer and brighter. But yet before me hung a third veil, all of 
black;
and upon it was traced in outline the figure of four Lilies on a single 
stem
inverted, their cups opening downwards. And from behind this veil, the 
Voice
answered me again, “I cannot shine, because of the curse of Eve.” Then I 
put
forth all my strength, and with a great will rent away the curtain, crying, 
“I
have put away her curse from before Thee. Shine, O Lord God!”
And
there was no more a veil, but a landscape, more glorious and perfect than 
words
can paint, a Garden of absolute beauty, filled with trees of palm, and 
olive,
and fig, rivers of clear water and lawns of tender green; and distant 
groves
and forests framed about by mountains crowned with snow; and on the brow 
of
their shining peaks a rising Sun, whose light it was I had seen behind the 
veils.
And about the Sun, in mid-air hung white misty shapes of great Angels, as 
clouds
at morning float above the place of dawn. And beneath, under a mighty 
tree
of cedar, stood a white elephant, bearing in his golden houdah a beautiful 
woman
robed as queen, and wearing a crown. But while I looked, entranced, and 
longing
to look for ever, the garden, the altar, and the temple were carried up 
from
me into Heaven. Then as I stood gazing upwards, came again the Voice, at 
first
high in the air, but falling earthwards as listened. And behold, before me 
appeared
the white pinnacle of a minaret, and around and beneath it the sky was 
all
gold and red with the glory of the rising Sun. And I perceived that now the 
voice
was that of a solitary Muezzin standing on the minaret with uplifted hands 
and
crying: – 
                                   “Put away
Blood from among you!
                                    Destroy your Idols!
                                    Restore
your Queen!”
And
straightway a Voice, like that of an infinite multitude, coming as though 
from
above and around and beneath my feet, – a Voice like a wind rising upwards 
from
caverns, under the hills to their loftiest far-off heights among the stars, 
–
responded, –
                                   “Worship God
alone!” [ See Appendice, No III, 
Part
2 ]
l-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
LECTURE THE SEVENTH
THE
FALL ( No. II )
PART
I
01.
OUR subject is again the cataclysmal event mystically called the Fall of 
Man.
Before entering upon it we will recapitulate briefly what has been said 
respecting
the nature of man. As already explained this is fourfold. This 
fourfold
nature is itself included in a dual personality. Consisting of male and 
female,
Reason and Intuition, Man is, in this sense, a twofold being. But the 
masculine
moiety comprises the dualism of Sense and Intellect; and the feminine 
moiety,
the dualism of Soul and Conscience.
02.
Owing to this duality of his constitution, every doctrine relating to Man 
has,
primarily a dual significance and application. And owing to his 
fourfoldness,
it has also, secondarily, a fourfold significance and application. 
The
interpretation, therefore, of any doctrine must, to be complete, be at the 
least
twofold. And since there is between the inner and outer spheres of man’s 
being
an exact correspondence, by virtue of which, whatever subsists or occurs 
in
the one sphere has its counterpart in the other, the terms which describe the 
one
apply also to the other; and no interpretation or application is complete 
which
does not include both spheres.
03.
Thus it comes, – to quote a fragment of Hermetic derivation, – that: – 
“All
Scriptures which are the true Word of God have a dual interpretation, the 
Intellectual
and the Intuitional, the Apparent and the Hidden.
“For
nothing can come forth from God save that which is fruitful.
“As
is the nature of God, so is the Word of God’s Mouth.
“The
Letter alone is barren; the Spirit and the Letter give Life.
“But
that Scripture is the more excellent which is exceeding fruitful, and 
brings
forth abundant signification.
“For
God is able to say many things in one; as the perfect Ovary contains many 
seeds
in its Chalice.
“Therefore
there are in the Scriptures of God’s Word certain Writings which, as 
richly
yielding Trees, bear more abundantly than others in the self-same holy 
Garden.
“And
one of the most excellent is the Parable of the Fall, which, as a stream 
parted
into four branches, has a fourfold head, and is a word exceeding rich.”
For
a parable it is, and not a history, as ordinarily understood, but having a 
hidden,
that is, a mystic meaning; – a parable, moreover, which, while founded 
indeed
upon a particular fact, is true for all time, in that it is perpetually 
being
enacted. Being thus, the Parable of the Fall constitutes an Eternal 
Verity.
04.
The opening chapters of the sacred books exhibit, then, not merely events 
occurring
in, and having relation to, a particular place or time, but the 
meaning
and object of religion at large, the creation of man, the nature of sin, 
and
the method of salvation; and all these as perpetually subsisting. These 
chapters
constitute thus a kind of argument or abstract prefixed to the divine 
drama
of man’s spiritual history. And the key to their interpretation is the 
word
NOW.
05.
For, in the Divine Mind, there is no past, in the Divine economy, no future. 
God
is I AM, and always IS. The term Jehovah combines in one word the tenses 
past,
present, and future of the verb I AM. Scripture is a record of that which 
is
always taking place. Thus, the Spirit of God, which is original Life, is 
always
moving upon the face of the waters, or heavenly deep, which is original 
Substance.
And the One, which consists of these two, is always putting forth 
alike
the Macrocosm of the universe and the Microcosm of the individual, and is 
always
making man in the image of God, and placing him in a garden of innocence 
and
perfection, the garden of his own unsophisticated nature. And man is always 
falling
away from that image and quitting that garden for the wilderness of sin, 
being
tempted by the serpent of sense, his own lower element. And from this 
condition
and its consequences he is always being redeemed by the blood of the 
sacrifice
always being made for him by the Christ Jesus, who is Son at once of 
God
and of man, and is always being born of a pure virgin: – dying, rising, and 
ascending
into heaven.
06.
For these are, one and all, mystic terms denoting facts of perpetual 
recurrence
in the history of the Soul, and necessary to salvation. It depends, 
however,
upon the sense in which they are understood, whether they minister to 
salvation
or to condemnation. The letter, it is declared, killeth; the letter 
and
the spirit together have and confer life. For, while interpreted in one 
sense
– the sense of the spirit – they are divine truths; interpreted in another 
sense
– the sense of the letter – they are idolatrous falsehoods. And inasmuch 
as
idolatry consists in the materialization of spiritual mysteries, and the 
substitution
for the true things signified, of their material symbols; those 
interpretations
are idolatrous which give to mystical doctrines physical 
applications.
Now, all Scripture given by inspiration of God is mystical; and, 
in
its esoteric sense, deals not with material things, but with spiritual 
realities,
the mystic intention of the things named being alone implied, and by 
no
means the things themselves. And this rule holds good alike of those two 
divisions
of Scripture which are called respectively the Old and the New 
Testament.
07.
In accordance, then, with the fourfold constitution of existence, the 
Parable
of the Fall has a fourfold signification. But, inasmuch as that which is 
true
of the race is true also of the individual, and that which is true of the 
individual
is true also of the race, each portion of the fourfold signification 
has
a twofold application, namely, to the race and to the individual. For each 
alike
it is true on the planes spiritual, moral, intellectual, and physical. And 
it
is constructed in terms derived from this last, because only thus it can find 
on
any plane universal recognition; – since the physical is the universal mirror 
of
the unmanifest, and is the only medium capable of reflecting at once all the 
three
planes above itself. Thus represented in terms derived from the physical, 
it
possesses a meaning for all, if only as an allegory of the Seasons, for – 
having
an astronomical basis – such it also is.
08.
So far, however, from being intended to represent the actual natural 
history,
either of the planet or of man, or to be what now-a-days it is the 
fashion
to call scientific, it is so contrived as to make that history appear to 
be
the reverse of what it really is. For, read by the superficial sense, it 
represents
man as created perfect from the first, by a power working from 
without;
whereas, the truth is, that he is created by gradual development from 
rudimentary
being, by a power – the Divine Spirit – working from within. For 
this
is ever the method of the Divine procedure, and it is this that the parable 
really
implies.
09.
But only when it is understood what the mystic books mean by Man, does the 
true
meaning appear. And as, until this is understood, it is vain to attempt to 
interpret
those books, a definition of the term Man, as therein employed, must 
be
our first concern.
A
materialistic science, discerning only the outward appearance of things, and 
taking,
therefore, no account of qualities, necessarily makes the Form all. 
Hence,
for it, man is but a primate among the animals, and sufficiently defined 
under
the terms Mammal, Biped, Bimanous, and the like. The notion that the form, 
to
be valid, must be filled up, and that he who is man in form only, and is 
devoid
of all the qualities, intellectual, moral, and spiritual, which are 
comprised
in the term humanity, is not really man, is a notion which does not 
enter
into the conception of the Materialist.
10.
According to mystical doctrine, on the other hand, he who is human in form 
only,
is but man rudimentary, and to be classed, in all essential respects, with 
those
lower grades of humanity, the plants and animals. He has, like them, the 
potentiality
only of humanity, and is no realized humanity. For, according to 
this
doctrine, man’s supreme function is knowledge; SO that he is not man until 
he
knows, or, at least, has an organon of knowledge, and is capable of knowing. 
Besides,
the very term knowledge, has, in this relation, a special meaning. For 
the
mystic applies it only to the cognition which is of Realities. That alone 
for
him is knowledge, which has for its subject the nature of Being, his own 
nature,
that is, and God’s; not phenomena merely, but Substance, and its method 
of
operation. And, forasmuch as, in order to have this knowledge, a man must 
have
attained his spiritual consciousness, it follow that, according to mystical 
definition,
man is not man until he has attained the consciousness of his 
spiritual
nature. To attain this, and this alone, is to attain true manhood. 
And,
prior to the attainment of this, the individual is but as an infant, 
incompetent
to fulfil, or even to comprehend, the functions of manhood.
11.
The reason of this it, that man as dual being, not masculine only or 
feminine
only, but both of these; not man only or woman only, but man and woman. 
And
he is this in respect, not of his exterior and physical, but of his interior 
and
spiritual nature. For, since humanity is dual, that which, being man, 
represents
humanity, must be dual also. And this cannot be on the plane merely 
physical,
whereon but one moiety only of the human dualism can be expressed in 
the
same individual. On this plane it takes two persons, a man and a woman to 
express
the whole humanity. And it is by means of its two sexes that the body 
constitutes
a symbol of the humanity which, in being interior and permanent, is 
alone
the humanity which is real.
12.
For, – as already stated, – that whereby the man attains to manhood is 
woman.
It is his power to recognize, appreciate and appropriate her, that stamps 
him,
physically, man. She it is who, influencing him through the affections 
kindled
by her in him, withdraws him from his outward and aimless course, in 
which
left to himself, he would sooner or later be dissipated and lost; and who, 
gathering
him round herself, as centre, redeems him and makes him into a system 
capable
of self-perpetuation, supplementing and complementing meanwhile his 
masculine
qualities as will, force, and intellect with her feminine qualities, 
as
endurance, love, and intuition. Thus, by the addition of herself she makes 
him
Man. It is not to the male moiety of the dualism constituted by them, that 
the
term Man is properly applicable, any more than to the female moiety. Neither 
of
them separately is Man; and it is by an unfortunate defect of language, that 
the
masculine half of man is called a man. [ Much and serious misconception has 
arisen
from the use of the same term to denote both the whole humanity and the 
masculine
half of humanity. The confusion is identical with that which arises 
from
the use of the word Earth to denote both the entire globe of earth and 
water,
and the solid portion only of the globe. As in its former sense earth and 
water
are equally Earth, the one being as earth masculine, and the other as 
earth
feminine, so man and woman are equally Man, the one being man masculine, 
and
the other man feminine. For her as well as for him, the exterior personality 
is
what mystically is called the “man,” and the interior being is the “woman.”] 
He
is man male, as she is man female. And only when wedded, that is welded, into 
one
by a perfect marriage, does Man result, the two together thus blended making 
one
humanity, – as earth and water make one Earth, – and by their power of 
self-perpetuation
and multiplication demonstrating the completeness and 
perfection
of their system.
13.
Only because it is already so with Humanity on the inner plane, is it so on 
the
outer. Whatever the sex of the person, physically, each individual is a 
dualism,
consisting of exterior and interior, manifested personality and 
essential
individuality, body and soul, which are to each other masculine and 
feminine,
man and woman; he the without, and she the within. And all that the 
woman
on the planes physical and social, is to the man, that she is also on the 
planes
intellectual and spiritual. For, as Soul, and intuition of Spirit, she 
withdraws
him, physically and mentally, from dissipation and perdition in the 
outer
and material and by centralizing and substantializing him redeems and 
crowns
him; – from a phantom converting him into an entity, from a mortal into 
an
immortal, from a man into a god. Without her, it were better both for himself 
and
for others that he should not be at all. On no plane of being is it good 
that
the man-element be alone. For without Love, Force can but work evil until 
it
be spent. And such is man and his doom until he finds and is found of her, 
the
soul and woman within him. She is to him very “mother of the living,” and 
without
her is no life. And she is this because she is, by her nature, that 
wherein
the Divine Life, resides. For, as the soul is the life of the man, so is 
the
spirit, which is God, the life of the soul. Thus is she mediator between man 
and
God, to draw them together in herself. And only he is truly alive, is truly 
Man,
and made after the Divine Image, in whom she thus operates. Redeeming him 
from
chaos and making him a Cosmos, she is the centripetal to his centrifugal, 
the
attractive to his separative, the constructive to his destructive, the 
synthesis
to his analysis, the being to his seeming, the reality to his 
illusory.
With her advent he begins to be; and thenceforth, through her, he can 
claim
kindred with the I AM.
14.
Man, then, in our parable, is represented as created perfect in that he is, 
in
the mystical sense, male and female; that is, he has a soul – anima divina – 
superadded
to his exterior personality, – anima bruta, – each of which is 
conscious
of the separate existence of each. Their attainment of this 
consciousness
is represented under the allegory of the creation of the woman; 
they
first then begin to exist for each other. The time chosen for the 
attainment
of this stage in their history is an important element in the 
process.
For it is the same for all men. It is not while engaged in the active 
exercise
of his masculine qualities that man first becomes conscious of his 
other
and better, because interior and divine, self. His aggressive and 
destructive
tendencies must have been exhausted, and the animal in him, his own 
exterior
self, – in a word, the man part of him, – cast into deep slumber, 
before
the woman in him can reveal herself, and make him conscious of something, 
or
rather some one, within him, – himself, yet differing from himself, and 
higher
and better than anything he has before had or been.
15.
Once recognized, and her reality and superiority admitted, there is no 
height
of goodness and knowledge to which she cannot raise him, if but only he 
follow
her lead, and keep her free from defilement by Matter and Sense, the 
direct
traffic with which appertains to him. In order properly to fulfil her 
function
in regard to the man, and attract his regards upwards to her, she must 
herself
aspire continually to the Divine Spirit within her, the central sun of 
herself,
as she is that of the man. If, withdrawing her gaze from this, she fix 
it
on things without and below, she falls, and in her fall takes him with her. 
Except
through her, he cannot fall; for only through her does he at all rise, 
being,
by his very nature the lowermost, and of himself incapable of rising. For 
he
rests on the material plane, and is earth earthy.
16.
It is not because Matter is in itself evil that the soul’s descent into it 
constitutes
a fall and ensures disaster. It is because to the soul Matter is a 
forbidden
thing. So that the act constitutes a disobedience. The prohibition, 
however,
is not an arbitrary one, but is founded in the soul’s own nature, as 
also
is the penalty attached to her transgression. Only by remaining spiritual 
substance
can soul subsist as soul, having all the potentialities of soul. By 
quitting
her own proper condition and descending into Matter, she takes upon 
herself
the limitations of Matter. As between Spirit and Matter there is no 
boundary
line, it is only by the maintenance of a will set exclusively 
spirit-wards
that a soul can be held from submitting into the lower condition of 
Matter,
finally to disintegrate and perish.
17.
Such a fall, it will be well to repeat, does not involve the loss of any 
portion
of the divine Substance. The animating spirit is withdrawn, and the 
constituent
elements are separated. That only which perishes is the 
individuality
constituted of these. And it perishes through its own persistent 
refusal
of that “Gift of God” which is Eternal Life, the gift, namely, of 
portion
of God’s Self or Spirit. Refusing this, man refuses life, as he is free 
to
do. God rejects and annihilates no one. Man, by his rejection of God, 
annihilates
his own individuality. And God cannot make man on any other terms. 
And
this, for the reason that God is omnipotent. God would not be omnipotent 
were
the individual indestructible. For then there would be something not God, 
possessing
all the power of God. So far from this doctrine being an impugnment 
of
the Divine love and goodness, it is essential to these qualities. God, we 
have
said, rejects and destroys nothing. But there is in things evil an element 
of
self-destruction, in the operation of which lies the safety of the universe. 
Were
the fact otherwise, – could individuals subsist forever in a condition of 
opposition
to the Divine will, – then would evil itself be eternized; and the 
universe,
divided against itself, would fall. And, on the other hand, were man 
not
free to annihilate himself, but salvation were compulsory, existence, 
instead
of being a solemn reality, would be a farce wherein man and the soul 
would
be but mechanical puppets altogether unworthy a divine creation. By the 
law
of Heredity, God’s freedom involves man’s freedom: and this involves the 
freedom
to renounce God, and with God, all being. Thus is the saying true, “For 
him
who will not have God, God is not.”
18.
It is through the soul, and the soul only, that man learns the Divine will, 
and
learning it, saves himself. And the clearness with which the soul, on her 
part,
discerns and transmits that will, depends upon her purity. In this word 
purity
lies the essence of all religion. It is the burden of the whole Bible and 
of
all bibles. Always is purity insisted on as the means to salvation; always 
impurity
as the cause of condemnation. To this uniformity of doctrine the 
Parable
of the Fall is no exception. With the soul pure, man dwells in Eden and 
“sees
God.” With the soul impure, he is driven forth into the Wilderness. Such, 
on
the plane spiritual, is the operation of that great law of gravitation which 
–
as has been said – is the one law of existence. Salvation and condemnation are 
matters
of spiritual gravitation. Man tends towards or away from God – the Tree 
of
Life – according to the specific gravity of his soul. Of this the density 
depends
upon the nature of the affections cultivated by him. And this, again, 
depends
upon his own Will, which is free. Wherefore, in being the regulator of 
his
own specific gravity, he is the arbiter of his own destiny; and according as 
he
himself wills, he tends inwards and upwards to salvation, or outwards and 
downwards
to extinction. Yielding to the Tempter Sense, and making Matter not 
his
means merely but his end, his soul loses at length her spiritual nature. 
Nevertheless,
while there is life in her there is hope for him. But only through 
a
return to purity. For only when she has regained her “virginity” and become 
“immaculate,”
can the Christ – her savior – be born of her.
PART
II
19.
THE full significance of the Parable under consideration, and the unity of 
the
mystic Scriptures, become conspicuously apparent when we collate their 
various
corresponding utterances, as by taking into account those also of the 
Book
of Revelation. For it is there that the doctrine of the Woman receives its 
crowning
recognition as the foundation of that true Christianity which those 
persistent
suppressors of the women – the world’s materializing priesthoods – 
have
so nearly extinguished. Let us, then, – though at the risk of some 
repetition
– collate these two utterances, between the delivery of which so many 
thousands
of years elapsed.
20.
In creating Man, God creates one whole and perfect being, formed of two 
distinct
parts, Adam the earthly, exterior man, and Eve the spiritual and 
interior
man, his soul and “living mother.” These two are joined together by God 
in
perfect union as one creature, and made, for the time, indispensable to each 
other.
Adam, as the manifested personality or man, is not complete, that is, is 
not
a man having Manhood, until Eve, the soul or woman, is added to him as 
helpmeet
and guide. By the addition of her the two natures become one Humanity.
21.
From this state of perfection Humanity soon falls. For Eve, the soul, 
withdrawing
her steadfast gaze from the proper object of her regard, namely, her 
spirit,
God, fastens them on things below, things earthly and material, which 
are
to her the “forbidden fruit,” since her nature is spiritual. Beholding this 
fruit,
and finding it pleasant to the eyes, she puts forth her hand and plucks 
of
it, and gives of it to her husband, or Adam, to eat with her.
22.
This is ever the history of sin. The exterior personality cannot of itself 
sin,
for it is not a responsible being. Sin is of the soul; and it comes of the 
soul’s
inclination to the things of sense. Taking of this fruit and enjoying it, 
she
is said to eat it. And at her instigation “Adam” does likewise. And 
thenceforth,
instead of the soul operating within him to purify and enlighten 
him,
and lead him upwards towards the Spirit, together they become sensual and 
debased.
And thus the sin, which has its commencement in the thought of the 
soul,
afterwards becomes developed into action through the energy of the body or 
masculine
part.
23.
The sin consummated, the result is inevitable. Adam and his wife, the man 
and
his soul, hear the voice of the Lord God speaking through their conscience. 
And
sensible that they are no longer clad in the purity which alone enables man 
to
face his Maker, they fly, as one caught naked, to hide from the Divine 
presence.
Having rejected God, and no longer looking up to Him, as her Lord and 
King,
the soul, Eve, falls under the sway of Adam and the body. He rules her, 
and
her desire is unto him: and thenceforth Matter has dominion in them over the 
spirit.
The garden of perfection is lost, and the world becomes for them a 
wilderness.
24.
Meanwhile Adam, being interrogated by the Divine Voice, lays the blame upon 
Eve.
For, but for the soul within him, the man had not known or been capable of 
committing
sin; sin being possible only where there is a sense of right and 
wrong,
which the soul alone possesses. Eve, interrogated in her turn, throws the 
blame
on the serpent of Matter – sense, or the lower nature – through whose 
allurements
she has fallen. It is no particular act that thus constitutes sin. 
And
sin does not consist in fulfilling any of the functions of nature. Sin 
consists
in acting without or against the spirit, and in not seeking the divine 
sanction
in everything that is done. For sin is not of the physical but of the 
spiritual
man. And by the spirit the act is redeemed or condemned. It is sheer 
materialism
and idolatry to regard an act as itself sinful. For to do this, is 
to
invest that which is merely physical with a spiritual attribute.
25.
The natural result of the soul’s enslavement to Matter, is her liability to 
extinction.
In her own nature the soul is immortal. That is, she does not 
partake
the death which befalls the body, but survives to take on other bodies, 
and
continues to do so until she has finally built up a spiritual man worthy and 
capable
of enduring for ever. But the lower she sinks herself into Matter, the 
lower
become her vitality and power of recovery. So that unless she turn and 
mend,
she must ultimately perish; for she will lose altogether the Divine Spirit 
which
is her necessary life.
26.
Notwithstanding the soul’s fall, then, there is still hope of recovery for 
man.
She shall yet, she is divinely assured, “crush the serpent’s head.” Not her 
seed
only, but herself, – the soul, – when fully restored. For this is the true 
rendering,
both in the Hebrew Scriptures and in the far older Bible of the 
Zodiac,
– that indefeasible prophecy of the soul’s history. So that she who has 
been
the cause of the fall, shall be the means also of redemption. “I will put 
enmity,”
says God to the Serpent, “between thee and the woman, and between thy 
seed
and her seed: She shall crush thy head, and thou shalt lie in wait for her 
heel.”
For the fallen soul, retaining in some degree her spirituality, and 
recoiling
from a merely material estimate of things, constitutes in the man a 
constant
protest against his engrossment by his lower nature. It is, therefore, 
of
the soul, restored to her pure estate and not of the body and its animal 
propensities,
that the redeemed man must be born. The first Adam is of the 
earth,
earthy, and liable to death. The second is “from heaven,” and triumphant 
over
death. For “sin has no more dominion over him.” He, therefore, is the 
product
of a soul purified from defilement by Matter, and released from 
subjection
to the body. Such a soul is called virgin. And she has for spouse, 
not
Matter – for that she has renounced – but the Divine Spirit, which is God. 
And
the man born of this union is in the image of God, and is God made man; that 
is,
he is Christ, and it is the Christ thus born in every man who redeems him 
and
endows him which eternal life. For in him the man becomes transmuted from 
Matter
into Spirit. He is the man himself, by regeneration become a son at once 
of
man and God. Generation, degeneration, regeneration, – in these three terms 
is
comprised the whole process of the soul’s history.
27.
This triumphant consummation of the soul’s course is thus celebrated in the 
Apocalypse.
“I beheld, “says the seer, “a great wonder in heaven: a woman 
clothed
with the sun having the moon under her feet, and on her head a crown of 
twelve
starts.” This is the soul invested with the light of supreme knowledge 
attained
through the experiences undergone in the long series of her past 
existences;
standing on the moon as victor over materiality and firm in the 
faith
of a full intuition, – states denoted respectively by the dark and light 
portions
of the moon; and superior evermore to the changes of mortal destiny, 
the
stars which represent this being the jewels of her crown, each of them 
denoting
one of the “twelve labours” necessary to be endured by the soul on her 
path
to her final perfectionment, and the spiritual gifts and graces acquired in 
the
process.
28.
Of the woman or soul thus exalted the offspring is a “man-child,” who is 
persecuted
by the “serpent” of the lower world. It is a man-child for several 
reasons.
First, because it represents the good deeds, and not intention or 
thoughts
merely, but actual works and positive fruits of a soul overshadowed of 
the
Divine Spirit, and fertilized by the Divine Love. In the origination of such 
deeds,
the outer nature of man can have no part; they proceed wholly from the 
soul
or woman. And they constitute a man-child because deeds imply an exercise 
of
the masculine element of force. And they are necessary to salvation, not 
because
they themselves can save, but because they indicate the redemption of 
the
individuals who perform them. Faith and holy longing are feminine, and of 
themselves
insufficient. They must be supplemented by works – which are 
masculine
– in order to win acceptance in God’s sight. “For the man is not 
without
the woman, nor the woman without the man, in the Lord.” And “the Lord” 
means
and is the whole humanity of man and woman, as subsisting in the Divine 
Idea.
Without the child, therefore, and this a man-child, the allegory would 
have
been incomplete.
29.
Now the good deeds thus engendered are the special aversion of the devil, or 
principle
of evil, since, more than all else, they endanger his kingdom. Hence 
he
is represented as seeking to annihilate both them and the soul which has 
given
them birth. But though the soul must yet remain in the world to endure 
trial
and persecution until the time come for God to end her probation and call 
her
to her final joy with Himself, it is not so with her offspring; but this is 
forthwith
caught up to God and His throne. For, the good deed once wrought 
cannot
be destroyed; but God accepts and preserves it, and the devil has no 
power
over it. Wherefore the latter, finding it useless to pursue the man-child, 
redoubles
his efforts against the soul, and pours forth a flood of temptations, 
in
order, if possible, to sweep her from God’s sight. She, however, though still 
in
the “wilderness” of the flesh, is divinely sustained and delivered. The rest 
of
her seed, the good deeds she continues to bring forth, are still the subject 
of
persecution, until the dragon is finally overcome through what mystically is 
called
the Blood of the Lamb, which is the pure doctrine and life whereby the 
elect
are made sons of God and heirs of eternal life. 
30.
In the final exaltation which awaits her as the reward of her faithfulness, 
the
woman or soul, is described as arrayed by God in the white linen of 
righteousness,
the emblem of perfect purity, and given to be the bride of His 
“only
son,” Christ Jesus. This is the man perfected through experience of 
suffering,
and made regenerate through following his soul’s pure intuition of 
God.
And is called the “only son,” not because he is a single individual, but 
because
only he is so designated who comes up to this description. He always is 
a
son of God, who is the product, not of a soul defiled by contact of Matter, 
but
of a soul pure and vitalized of the Spirit. The character or “man” thus 
reborn
is an “only begotten son of God,” because God begets none of any other 
kind.
Of men such as this are the “saints” who “inherit the earth.” And under 
their
rule, the “New Jerusalem,” or state of perfection, which “cometh down from 
heaven,”
– the city which has God for its sun, and which has no temple because 
every
man is himself a house of God, – replaces the lost garden of Eden.
31.
Side by side with this epitome of the history of the pure and faithful soul, 
the
allegory traces that of the perverse soul, under the type of an abandoned 
woman
who sits upon the “seven hills” of the “seven deadly sins,” and allies 
herself
in wickedness with the “kings of the earth.” That is, who yields wholly 
to
the promptings of the lower nature, and accepts in all its grossness and 
cruelty
a civilization merely materialistic, in which the body is made all, and 
the
spirit and every divine principle are set at nought.
32.
The completeness of the parable in Genesis appears yet more distinctly when 
we
compare the curse pronounced on Adam with man’s actual condition in material 
respects.
The sentence in its proper integrity runs thus: – “And unto Adam God 
said.
Because thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife when beguiled of 
the
devil, and hast eaten of the tree whereof I commanded thee, saying, Thou 
shalt
not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat 
of
it all the days of thy life; thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth to 
thee;
and thou shalt eat, instead of the nobler fruit of the tree which grows 
spontaneously,
the grosser herb of the field which requires laborious 
cultivation.
For, in the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, till thou 
return
unto the ground, out of which thou wast taken; for dust thou art, and 
unto
dust shalt thou return.” This is, God said to the bodily nature of man: 
“Because
thou hast yielded to the solicitations of thy mate, the soul, when 
turning
from God, she inclined to Matter, and from being spiritual became 
sensual,
thou must lead a hard and painful life, occupied by ignoble cares, and 
return
by death to the lower elements to perish. Thy mate, meanwhile, though 
also
liable to perish, shall still have long endurance, but henceforth – until 
finally
purified and redeemed – shall bring forth her works, as the slave of the 
body,
in great trouble and compunction for her fallen and degraded condition.”
PART
III
33.
ALL the mistakes made in Biblical interpretation come of referring 
statements
of which the intention is spiritual and mystical, implying principles 
or
states, to times, persons, or places. But, though these are never the 
essential
element in any such statement, it is, nevertheless true that the Bible 
parables
are either based upon certain special historic facts or are stated in 
terms
derived from actual occurrences; just as a hieroglyphical record is 
expressed
in symbols drawn from the animal world, and yet has no reference to 
that
world; so that the spiritual significations implied are not without a 
correspondence
of some sort on the natural plane.
34.
Now, the special historical fact upon the lines of which the parable of the 
Fall
is constructed, is one which – already implied in the account just given of 
the
soul individual of man – is to be sought in the history of the soul 
collective
of man, – in the history, that is, of the Church, an account of the 
Fall
in relation to which will occupy the rest of this lecture. Sacerdotalism 
has
always claimed for the Church the distinction of being the mystic woman 
through
whose exaltation redemption occurs. But it has never recognized the 
Church
as also the woman through whose fall comes the need of redemption. This 
reproach
the priest has bestowed in a quarter in which originally there was no 
idea
of bestowing it, and where it by no means belongs, namely, the feminine 
moiety
of the human race. Yet, notwithstanding this assumption of sacerdotalism, 
it
is to the fall of the Church from the standard attained in the Edenic period, 
that,
in one of its aspects, the parable refers.
35.
Even so, however, the interpretation is not to be restricted to any single 
or
special instance. It is only as a type of all Churches that the first or best 
Church
is employed, precisely as the soul of the first or best man may be 
employed
as a type of all souls. And any less general application would deprive 
the
parable of its due place as an eternal and universal verity, and reduce it 
to
the level of the merely historical and local.
36.
Nor, in likening all Churches one to another in respect of their fall, is it 
intended
to assimilate them in respect of the height from which they have 
fallen.
All that is meant is, that, whatever the level of spiritual perfection 
attained
by any mystic community or Church in the full flush of its enthusiasm 
and
purity, there is always a fall from such level, and the fall is due to one 
and
the self-same cause, namely, that which is implied in the parable of Eden, 
and
of which account has just been given in relation to the soul as individual. 
For
of the soul’s fall, whether in one or in many, the cause is always the same, 
–
the inclination to Matter.
37.
The rise also is the same, both in cause and in method. And it is of this – 
the
rise, that is, of the earliest known – perhaps the original – Church of 
Christ
– that we have first to speak. This, as with man himself, was by 
evolution
from rudimentary being. For the doctrine of creation by evolution is 
as
already stated a true doctrine: and it is true as regards both man’s physical 
and
man’s spiritual history. And it has been the doctrine of Mysticism from the 
beginning,
the knowledge of it being reserved for initiates of a high grade. But 
between
it and the travesty of it propounded by the science – wholly 
materialistic
– of our day, is this essential difference. That science, – 
“falsely
so called,” – in its ignorance of the nature of Substance, credits 
Matter
with a power of evolution while denying to it the properties through 
which
alone evolution can occur, namely, inhering life and consciousness. This 
science,
moreover, contemplates as possible the development of that which, being 
infinite
and eternal, is necessarily all-perfection perpetuity, namely, the 
substance
of existence. For Mysticism, on the contrary, existence – or, more 
properly
Being – and consciousness are terms synonymous and interchangeable; and 
all
Substance, under whatever mode manifested, continues still to be, in some 
mode,
consciousness. And inasmuch as Substance itself is incapable of 
development,
in the sense of becoming more or better than it originally is, 
development
is not of the qualities of substance, but of the manifestation of 
those
qualities in individuated portions of it, a process which – consisting in 
the
unfoldment of qualities already subsisting, but latent – may fairly be 
designated
evolution.
38.
The man spiritual, like the man physical, – the Church, like the world, 
then,
represents a development from rudimentary being, occurring in virtue of 
the
nature of the substance of which that being represents the projection; and 
the
only difference between them is of degree or stage of development. And 
whereas
the lowest or material plane is that wherein the process commences, the 
highest
and last to be attained is the celestial. According to the degree in 
which
he attains this, man attains the divine and is at one with God, having, in 
virtue
of the knowledge thus derived, power “over things in heaven and things on 
earth,”
– power, that is, over both regions, the spiritual and the material, of 
his
own nature, and being altogether superior to the seductions of the illusory 
astral
which lies between.
39.
This celestial sphere was attained by the Edenic Church in a degree never 
reached
by any other. Wherefore, since that alone is such a Church in which it 
is
attained, no Church which has subsequently existed has been truly Edenic; but 
all
have been Churches of the Fall. In Eden alone was man made in the “image of 
God,”
being called in token thereof Adam and Eve. Then was the first man, 
according
to the mystical definition of the term. Men and women, indeed, had 
subsisted
on the earth for ages before him; but not man properly so called. They 
were
– as the vast majority of men and women still are – man only in the making, 
or,
it may be, in the marring. Man attains manhood and becomes Man, only when he 
reaches
his spiritual majority. The attainment of the celestial did not, and 
does
not, involve the abandonment of the terrestrial. The not uncommon notion 
that
man in his primal perfection was a non-material or fluidic being, having no 
material
body, is erroneous. Man, while yet in the body, attained “power over 
the
body;” from fixed, making it volatile, and, though not immortal, capable of 
an
indefinitely prolonged existence, its vitality meanwhile being such as not 
only
to render it superior to disease and injury in itself, but as to enable it 
to
communicate health to others. These results, however, – stupendous as they 
would
now be deemed, did not exhaust the potentialities of our race. There is a 
superior
stage of which account will be given when we come to treat particularly 
of
the redemption, and which belongs to a period of development transcending 
that
of the Adamic man. Nevertheless, though not realizing all the possibilities 
of
humanity, the Edenic Church attained, in its representative members, as no 
other
religious community has attained. And it was through that Church’s failure 
to
continue at the same high level, that the fall whereof we are treating, 
occurred.
By this fall, man receded from the celestial back towards his original 
level,
the terrestrial, becoming once more subject to Matter, and losing the 
power
over his body. There was no fall on the part of the individuals themselves 
who
had risen. These quitted the earth and passed on to higher conditions of 
being.
The Fall came through the failure of the succeeding generations, to 
attain
the level reached by their predecessors. Failing to attain, like them, 
the
celestial, man remained – where, with a few individual exceptions, he has 
ever
since been – in the astral and material.
40.
Let us attempt a description of that inmost sphere – the abode of the man 
celestial
– which is at once the source of doctrine and the sphere wherein – as 
representative
of the soul and intuition – the woman especially presides. It is 
a
memory that we are about to recall, a memory recovered of an age not 
absolutely
but relatively “golden,” to revisit which in thought, is to revert to 
a
period in the world’s youth, when, as yet unpoisoned by all-pervading sin and 
disease,
the conditions of life were so exquisite in their purity and harmony, 
as
to make existence itself a positive, intense delight. And while in the act of 
recovering
that memory, and enjoying again that remote past, the mind is able to 
look
forward as well as backward, and to behold the whole subsequent period of 
the
world’s course – that which is called the historical period – as but a 
season
– brief compared with that which preceded it – of sickness and suffering 
which
the race, by its own fault, has brought upon itself; but from which, it 
seems,
rescue is not impossible, can humanity but furnish the love needful for 
the
task of saving itself. For in those hyper-lucid moments it is made to appear 
as
a self-evident truth, that just as it has been possible for us in the past to 
live
healthily and happily, it will be possible for us to do so in the future. 
For
Utopia is Utopia only for those who insist that it shall for ever be Utopia 
and
unrealized. There is no force in the universe save will-force; and all that 
life
needs for life, is possible to will. And, continuing to operate over an 
indefinite
period, even a finite will becomes infinite. Wherefore man has but to 
will
long enough, to make the world as he would have it. But to will is not 
merely
to wish, but to work toward the desired end. It is for the woman in us to 
wish,
and therein to prompt. She is the inspirer. But the man in us must work. 
He
is the executor. Apart, powerless; together, they can move the world. He and 
She,
Will and Love, Spirit and Substance, operating in the celestial, created 
the
world; and assuredly they can redeem it.
41.
That which we propose to describe, – so far as the attempt to reconstruct it 
has
been successful, – is the innermost sphere, not, indeed, of the mystic 
community
of Eden itself, but of one of those ancient successors of and 
approximations
to it, which, as Colleges of the Sacred Mysteries, were the true 
heirs
of Eden and which, so recently even as by Plato, were described as places 
wherein
were repaired the effects of the Fall, and to quit which for the outer 
world
was to quit once more the garden for the wilderness. Once accessible to 
all,
so completely now has the true character of these institutions fallen from 
remembrance,
that even scholars write them down as instruments of imposture and 
oppression,
and devoid of special knowledge or faculty. Wherefore to recover 
them
is to re-create them; – no small task, seeing that the way to them, even in 
thought,
is barred and banned by all the priesthoods, so that only by facing and 
piercing
the formidable phalanx of sacerdotalism itself, can the forbidden 
ground
of those lost paradises be even approached.
42.
For – as recorded in classic legend – the golden fruit of a perfect doctrine 
and
life, produced on the union of Zeus and Hera, – the man and woman of the 
substantial
humanity, – is guarded not only by the dragon of man’s own lower 
nature,
but also by the “daughters of the sunset,” – the world’s materialized 
sacerdotalisms.
And these, together with dragon and sword of flame, keep watch 
and
ward, lest any, re-entering the closed garden, may find, and pluck, and eat, 
and
know, and, knowing, have life in himself, needing no assistance of priest. 
And
so fierce and vigilant is the watch kept, that only a Heracles – or man 
already
half divine – can succeed in piercing or evading the formidable phalanx.
43.
Let us suppose this done, and priestly lines safely passed and left behind. 
Traversing
the broad belt which divides these lines from the wished-for centre, 
the
seeker descries at length a Mount, towards the summit of which the sky 
appears
to dip, so that by the meeting of the two a junction is formed between 
the
earth and heaven. Thus does it appear to the interior vision, with which, to 
be
a successful follower of such quest, the seeker must be endowed. That which 
he
finds on reaching the Mount, is a community of beings, of both sexes, to the 
ordinary
eyes human, but to the interior divine also. And the life they lead – 
though
outwardly quiet, grave, uneventful, and, as some would deem it, even 
ascetic
– in reality throbs with intensest vitality, abounds in enterprise the 
most
lofty, and brims with keenest satisfaction. For, of this community the 
members
are, of all mankind, the profoundest of intelligence, widest of culture, 
ripest
of experience, tenderest of heart, purest of soul, maturest of spirit. 
They
are persons who – using life without abusing it, and having no perverse 
will
to the outer – have learnt all that the body has to teach, and who, rising 
above
earth by the steadfast subordination of their lower, and exaltation of 
their
higher nature, have at length – to use their own most ancient and 
significant
phrase – crucified in themselves the flesh, and thereby made of 
their
bodies instruments, instead of masters, for their souls, and means of 
expression,
instead of sources of limitation, for their spirits. Thus rising 
above
the earth, they have drawn down heaven to meet them; and, like the 
resolving
rain-cloud of tropic seas, formed a pillar of communication between 
the
spheres upper and nether.
44.
An Order, or School, to these compose, whereof the initiates, while honoring 
the
man as the heir of all things, – if only he be lawfully begotten and be a 
true
child of the Spirit, – specially champion the woman, by exalting her within 
themselves
to share supremacy with the man, making themselves at once man and 
woman.
For together with the intellect, they cherish also the intuition, 
together
with the head, the heart, and combining in all things love with will, 
make
it their one object to enable the substance of their humanity to attain in 
them
the full manifestation of its qualities. Practicers as well as preachers of 
the
doctrine of creation by development, and – withheld by no prepossession or 
prejudice
– fearless followers of thought to its extremest spheres in every 
direction,
they are the earth’s sole genuine evolutionists and free-thinkers; 
and
to them alone, and those who, affiliated to them, know and follow their 
method,
it is given, while in the body, to live the life of the Spirit; to reach 
their
intellectual manhood; to complete the system of their thought, and find 
certitude
of truth even the highest; to attain the supreme common sense of all 
the
spheres and modes of being in which substance is wont to be manifested; and, 
in
a word, to be taught of the informing Spirit Itself of the universal 
humanity,
all the mysteries of that Kingdom which, being within, is the 
counterpart
of and sole key to that which is without.
45.
Of all who attain eminence in this School – and this have been, and haply 
shall
yet again be, many – the motive is one, and the history one. For the 
motive
is the love of perfection, for the sake, not of self only, but of 
perfection.
And this is a goal which, pursued as these pursue it, continues ever 
to
rise, and draws the pursuer after it. And the history is that of the soul. 
For,
as the soul is one, so also is her history one.
46.
From this Order, wherever established, have proceeded, as from a central 
sun,
all the light and heat of knowledge and goodness which, distributed through 
faithful
priesthoods, have ministered towards the world’s redemption from utter 
ignorance
and barbarism to such degree of humanity as it has reached. From the 
germs
of truth and beauty, in doctrine and conduct, idea and practice, thus 
originated,
and transferred to various soils, has sprung all that the world has 
of
true philosophy, morality, art, science, civilization, religion. And in so 
far
as the products have been lacking in excellence, the fault has been due, not 
to
the original seed, but to the soil and to the husbandmen.
47.
How stubborn that soil, and how inefficient or faithless those husbandmen, 
may
be inferred from the fact that rarely, since history began, has the Order 
found
in the smallest degree the recognition and gratitude its due. But, on the 
contrary,
whenever, in a period of degradation so extreme that humanity itself 
seemed
in its death-throe, and instead of men the earth bore monsters, – one of 
it
members had quitted his loved seclusion and, descending from his own 
celestial
“Mount” into the world below, has sought by conduct and precept to 
afford
an example of what humanity has in it to be, – he has by the world he 
sought
to rescue been subjected to persecution and affront, and in the official 
guardians
of the doctrine he represented and would have regenerated, has found 
his
bitterest foes.
48.
Long vanished from human view, the Order has been replaced by semblances, 
mechanical
merely and void of vitality; and for lack both of the knowledge and 
of
the materials, incompetent to build up a single specimen of humanity after 
its
perfected pattern. Nevertheless the true order still survives, though 
dwindled
in numbers and no longer having organization or appliance due; but as 
“a
people scattered and peeled,” lost tribes of a spiritual Israel, whose 
roll-call
is no more on earth. Once known and supremely honored by the titles of 
Magi,
Wise men, Kings of the East, and Sons of God, its initiates are now 
misknown
and supremely contemned under the designation of Mystics. Yet, 
notwithstanding
the uncongenial climate and evil entreaty of a civilization 
become
wholly materialistic, these still pursue, – unknown for the most part 
even
to each other, – their ancient vocation; and still is this, as of old, the 
Gnosis,
or Divine Science. For its subject is the Substance of the universal 
Humanity,
and its object is the attainment of personal perfection.
49.
Of all earthly Orders, this, by reason of its antiquity, its universality, 
its
objects, and its achievements, is incomparably the most notable, seeing that 
from
it have proceeded all the world’s true sages, saints, seers, prophets, 
redeemers,
and Christs; and through it all divine revelation. And its doctrine 
is
that one true doctrine of existence, and therein of religion, which, – always 
in
the world, – is now for the first time in its history published to the world 
in
language comprehensible by the world; – having, it is believed, been 
recovered
in the way it was originally received.
PART
IV
50.
IT remains to speak of the cause and manner of the fall from a level so 
lofty,
from a rule so beneficent. The truth is, that the world fell only because 
the
Church fell. And the Church, or collective soul of Humanity, fell, as does 
the
individual soul, by looking less and less upward to God, and more and more 
downward
to Matter. Cataclysmal as the result may appear when viewed in the 
totality
of its effects and from a distance of time, the declension was very 
gradual,
and extended over many generations. It may thus be compared to a 
diminution
of agricultural produce, such as occurs through the gradual 
impoverishment
of the soil. The spiritual possibilities of the race had, as it 
were,
exhausted themselves. Or it may be likened to a recession of the tides of 
the
sea, and to the seasons of the year. For, until finally united to God by 
what,
mystically, is called the Divine Marriage, man is subject to many 
fluctuations
and alternations in respect of his spiritual condition. And instead 
of
the wave of his spiritual life remaining always at high water, it falls back 
to
rise in another tide, – a tide, it may be, as in this case, to culminate only 
after
another creative “week” of man’s spiritual formation, of which every “day” 
should
be a “thousand years.” In the sense and manner ordinarily supposed, 
mankind
never fell. Its fall was gradual as its rise. Under the ripening 
influence
of a vast wave of spiritual light and heat, – to the production of 
which
man himself had contributed his necessary quota, by voluntary co-operation 
with
the Divine Spirit working within him, – he attained the first great summer 
of
his perfection, in the time and manner indicated in the parable of Eden and 
the
legends of the Golden Age. Upon the subsidence of this wave, – a subsidence 
due
to himself, – he fell from this summer back into the spiritual autumn and 
winter
in which he has remained buried more or less deeply ever since. And now 
he
is at the lowest depth compatible with any retention at all of existence. 
Another
step in the same direction means for Humanity, – in the mystical and 
true
sense, and that is in every high sense, – total extinction.
51.
As with the Individual, so with the Race. The path of ascent from 
rudimentary
being, is also the path of descent when, through a perverse will to 
the
outer, descent occurs. Man rose into man, and attained the full image of 
God,
through the culture of the woman within him. Representing his soul and 
intuition
of God, she was his initiator into the knowledge of Divine things. And 
led
by the clear perceptions which are her special gift when duly tended and 
honored,
he learnt to shun idolatry, – which is the preference for the Form over 
the
Substance, – and bloodshed (whether for soul or body), and with these 
whatever
might serve to obscure or distort his conceptions of the Divine 
Character.
Thus exalting the woman on the spiritual and intellectual planes of 
her
manifestation in humanity, he exalted her also on the planes social and 
political;
and instead of seeing in her, – as do the fallen philosophies and 
sacerdotalisms
of all subsequent ages, – a thing maimed and defective, and, – 
however
fair, – a mistake and a blunder of Nature, to be classed with criminals, 
idiots,
and children, and yet to be held responsible for all the evils of 
existence,
– he regarded her as a later and higher development upon himself, and 
as,
of the two, the nearer to God. And richly did she repay him for the 
preference,
so long as it was accorded to her. For through her he attained 
Paradise.
But as, when pure and uncorrupted, the soul is man’s initiator into 
things
divine; so when, turning towards the things of sense, the soul loses her 
purity,
she becomes his initiator into things evil, and gives him of the fruit 
of
forbidden knowledge, making him a “sinner,” which, but for the soul, he could 
not
be. For “by the law is the knowledge of sin,” and the law is given to the 
soul.
The Fall, therefore, when at length it came, came not through any 
individual
person, woman or man, but through the fault of man, and was due to 
the
fall of the woman in herself. Following her intuition of God, he had 
ascended
from the material, through the astral to the celestial, and became made 
in
the “image of God.” Following her in her fall into Matter, he descended by 
the
same way to where he now is, his path being one continuous track of agony, 
tears,
and blood, due solely to the suppression within himself of the “woman.”
52.
At once the cause and consequence of the Fall, the manifestation of this 
suppression
is always threefold. The loss of the intuition means idolatry, and 
idolatry
means murder. Each of these is a condition of the other. Losing his 
intuition
of Spirit, man becomes Materialist, and instead of the spiritual idea, 
which
alone is real, worships the visible symbol. That is, he ignores the soul 
and
exalts the body of things. Exalting the body, he sacrifices all to the body, 
and
sheds, for its gratification, innocent blood. Thus he is murderer as well as 
idolator.
The woman in him falling, he becomes “Cain,” a cultivator of “the 
fruits
of the ground” only, or lower nature, whence proceeds all evil. In other 
words,
for a doctrine of love he substitutes a doctrine of selfishness. For this 
is
the sin of which bloodshed is the symbol and outcome.
53.
Since these are the three steps of his descent, to reverse his practice in 
respect
of them – in the Spirit as well as in the Letter – will be to reverse 
the
Fall, and to remount once more to the celestial. Already has the movement 
begun
in each regard. The position of woman on the lower planes is being rapidly 
revolutionized,
and soon will be so also on the higher. Little, however, do most 
of
those who are working to that end know what it means, and little will the end 
coincide
with their anticipations. For many who in our day are pretending to 
“exalt
the woman” are doing so by means subversive of her. And many even of the 
women
who are seeking to exalt themselves, are doing so by the repression, 
rather
than by the promotion, of their womanhood; and this, by reason, not of 
their
doing man’s work but of their doing it in man’s evil fashion, leaving out 
the
woman. Nevertheless, the woman shall be exalted. God will carry her to His 
throne,
and “will make the wrath of man to praise Him.” The outcry, surely 
gathering
volume and strength, against the slaughter and torture of our animal 
brethren,
whether for use or for pleasure, is another token of entrance upon the 
upward
path. It is not at the hands of those who kill or eat them that the 
animals
will be permitted to accept their salvation from the torturer. They who 
would
redeem others must first make sacrifice in themselves. When this truth is 
understood,
the redemption of the animals will be at hand. And in respect of 
idolatry
the prospect is even yet brighter. For the “Gospel of Interpretation” 
has
come, and the “letter which killeth” is henceforth shorn of its strength.
54.
Do we speak of signs? What sign more astounding could have been imagined 
than
the modern phenomenon known as “Spiritualism”? Herein man has already taken 
one
whole step upward towards the celestial. For in “Spiritualism” he has 
quitted
the exclusively material, and has actually entered the astral. Short of 
the
celestial now he cannot stop. The very profundity of his dissatisfaction 
with
his experiences of the astral, will compel him onwards. To this every 
“Spiritualist”
will testify. Backward man dare not turn, to the merely material. 
For
he has beheld in vivisection the abyss which confronts him there, and in 
healthy
horror has recoiled from the bottomless pit therein disclosed, of the 
possibilities
of his own lower nature. In vivisection the human is abandoned for 
the
infernal.
55.
The cry, then, is onward, upward, inward to the celestial. And happy will 
they
be who first are uplifted thither, for they will surely draw all men up 
after
them. Reversing the Fall and the Curse of Eve, they will lead Man to a new 
Golden
Age, a new Sabbath of Perfection, and the glories of the New Jerusalem, 
that
true City of Hygieia, which cometh down from the heaven of his own pure 
Ideal.
Thus will the divine Virgin Astræa – forced to quit earth when the Golden 
Age
was no more – fulfil the promise of her return, bringing her progeny of 
divine
sons, to redeem the world. [ “Jam re it et Virgo, redeunt Saturnia regna, 
Jam
nova progenies cœlo dimittitur alto.” Virgil, Eclog. IV. ] Thus, too, will 
Intuition
and Intellect, as a new Esther and Mordecai, once more gain favour 
with
the world, and, redeeming from oppression the true 
to
the righteous. Moreover in these faculties, thus restored, will the “two” 
Apocalyptic
“Witnesses” rise, as from the dead, in “the streets of the great 
City,”
and “ascending into heaven,” reign supreme. And thus also will the dream 
of
King Nebuchadnezzar find its fulfillment, and the Golden Image its 
destruction.
For the Image is the symbol of a civilization whose head – or 
intellect
– is golden, but whose body is of silver mixed with brass, and whose 
legs
and feet are iron and clay; – that is, which rests on Force and Matter. And 
the
Stone, hewn without hand, which destroys it, is the Understanding, 
manifested
in a new Word or Gospel of Interpretation, which, smiting the monster 
miscalled
Civilization, shall “scatter in pieces the iron, the clay, the brass, 
the
silver and the gold, and make them as the chaff of the summer 
threshing-floor.”
But the “Stone” by which the Image is destroyed shall “become 
a
great mountain, and fill the whole earth.” Becoming the “head corner stone,” 
by
it the Great Pyramid of the standard Humanity shall be completed.
 
Return to Searchable Text Index
Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales
Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24 – 1DL
Searchable
Full Text of The 
by Anna Bonus Kingsford & Edward Maitland